WO2009012246A2 - Nicking and extension amplification reaction for the exponential amplification of nucleic acids - Google Patents

Nicking and extension amplification reaction for the exponential amplification of nucleic acids Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2009012246A2
WO2009012246A2 PCT/US2008/070023 US2008070023W WO2009012246A2 WO 2009012246 A2 WO2009012246 A2 WO 2009012246A2 US 2008070023 W US2008070023 W US 2008070023W WO 2009012246 A2 WO2009012246 A2 WO 2009012246A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
nicking
template
target
recognition region
nucleic acid
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2008/070023
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2009012246A3 (en
Inventor
Brian K. Maples
Rebecca C. Holmberg
Andrew P. Miller
Jarrod Provins
Richard Roth
Jeffrey Mandell
Original Assignee
Ionian Technologies, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=40175258&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=WO2009012246(A2) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Priority to EP12195333.5A priority Critical patent/EP2660333B2/en
Priority to PL12195331T priority patent/PL2657350T3/en
Priority to EP20174530.4A priority patent/EP3754029A1/en
Priority to DK08781827.4T priority patent/DK2181196T3/en
Priority to AU2008276118A priority patent/AU2008276118B2/en
Priority to EP12195331.9A priority patent/EP2657350B1/en
Priority to JP2010517111A priority patent/JP5693955B2/en
Priority to CN2008801054247A priority patent/CN101952459A/en
Priority to CA2693805A priority patent/CA2693805C/en
Priority to BRPI0814527A priority patent/BRPI0814527B1/en
Priority to ES08781827T priority patent/ES2434220T3/en
Priority to EP08781827.4A priority patent/EP2181196B1/en
Application filed by Ionian Technologies, Inc. filed Critical Ionian Technologies, Inc.
Publication of WO2009012246A2 publication Critical patent/WO2009012246A2/en
Publication of WO2009012246A3 publication Critical patent/WO2009012246A3/en
Priority to AU2015202439A priority patent/AU2015202439C1/en
Priority to AU2017268587A priority patent/AU2017268587A1/en
Priority to AU2020200321A priority patent/AU2020200321B2/en
Priority to AU2022221561A priority patent/AU2022221561A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6844—Nucleic acid amplification reactions
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H21/00—Compounds containing two or more mononucleotide units having separate phosphate or polyphosphate groups linked by saccharide radicals of nucleoside groups, e.g. nucleic acids
    • C07H21/04—Compounds containing two or more mononucleotide units having separate phosphate or polyphosphate groups linked by saccharide radicals of nucleoside groups, e.g. nucleic acids with deoxyribosyl as saccharide radical
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6844—Nucleic acid amplification reactions
    • C12Q1/686—Polymerase chain reaction [PCR]
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6876—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G01—MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N30/00—Investigating or analysing materials by separation into components using adsorption, absorption or similar phenomena or using ion-exchange, e.g. chromatography or field flow fractionation
    • G01N30/02—Column chromatography
    • G01N30/62—Detectors specially adapted therefor
    • G01N30/72—Mass spectrometers

Definitions

  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • TMA Transcription-Mediated Amplification
  • RNA polymerase employs a reverse transcriptase with RNase activity, an RNA polymerase, and primers with a promoter sequence at the 5'end.
  • the reverse transcriptase synthesizes cDNA from the primer, degrades the RNA target, and synthesizes the second strand after the reverse primer binds.
  • RNA polymerase then binds to the promoter region of the dsDNA and transcribes new RNA transcripts which can serve as templates for further reverse transcription.
  • the reaction can produce a billion fold amplification in 20-30 minutes.
  • This system is not as robust as other DNA amplification techniques and is therefore, not a field-deployable test due to the ubiquitous presence of RNAases outside of a sterile laboratory.
  • This amplification technique is very similar to S elf- Sustained Sequence Replication (3SR) and Nucleic Acid Sequence Based Amplification (NASBA), but varies in the enzymes employed.
  • Single Primer Isothermal Amplification also involves multiple polymerases and RNaseH.
  • a reverse transcriptase extends a chimeric primer along an RNA target.
  • RNaseH degrades the RNA target and allows a DNA polymerase to synthesize the second strand of cDNA.
  • RNaseH then degrades a portion of the chimeric primer to release a portion of the cDNA and open a binding site for the next chimeric primer to bind and the amplification process proceeds through the cycle again.
  • the linear amplification system can amplify very low levels of RNA target in roughly 3.5 hrs.
  • the Q-Beta replicase system is a probe amplification method.
  • a probe region complementary or substantially complementary to the target of choice is inserted into MDV-I RNA, a naturally occurring template for Q-Beta replicase.
  • Q-Beta replicates the MDV-I plasmid so that the synthesized product is itself a template for Q-Beta replicase, resulting in exponential amplification as long as the there is excess replicase to template.
  • multiple wash steps are required to purge the sample of non-specifically bound replication plasmids.
  • the exponential amplification takes approximately 30 minutes; however, the total time including all wash steps is approximately 4 hours.
  • Rolling circle amplification was developed based on the natural replication of plasmids and viruses.
  • a primer extends along a circular template resulting in the synthesis of a single-stranded tandem repeat. Capture, washing, and ligation steps are necessary to preferentially circularize the template in the presence of target and reduce background amplification.
  • Ramification amplification adds cascading primers for additional geometric amplification. This technique involves amplification of non-specifically sized strands that are either double or single-stranded.
  • HSA Helicase-dependent amplification
  • Te-UvrD thermostable helicase
  • the thermostable HDA method does not require the accessory proteins that the non-thermostable HDA requires.
  • the reaction can be performed at a single temperature, though an initial heat denaturation to bind the primers generates more product. Reaction times are reported to be over 1 hour to amplify products 70-120 base pairs in length.
  • Loop mediated amplification is a sensitive and specific isothermal amplification method that employs a thermostable polymerase with strand displacement capabilities and four or more primers.
  • the primers are designed to anneal consecutively along the target in the forward and reverse direction. Extension of the outer primers displaces the extended inner primers to release single strands.
  • Each primer is designed to have hairpin ends that, once displaced, snap into a hairpin to facilitate self-priming and further polymerase extension. Additional loop primers can decrease the amplification time, but complicates the reaction mixture.
  • LAMP is a difficult amplification method to multiplex, that is, to amplify more than one target sequence at a time, although it is reported to be extremely specific due to the multiple primers that must anneal to the target to further the amplification process.
  • the reaction proceeds under isothermal conditions, an initial heat denaturation step is required for double-stranded targets.
  • Amplification proceeds in 25 to 50 minutes and yields a ladder pattern of various length products.
  • Strand displacement amplification (SDA) was developed by Walker etal. in 1992.
  • This amplification method uses two sets of primers, a strand displacing polymerase, and a restriction endonuclease.
  • the bumper primers serve to displace the initially extended primers to create a single-strand for the next primer to bind.
  • a restriction site is present in the 5' region of the primer.
  • Thiol-modified nucleotides are incorporated into the synthesized products to inhibit cleavage of the synthesized strand. This modification creates a nick site on the primer side of the strand, which the polymerase can extend.
  • This approach requires an initial heat denaturation step for double-stranded targets. The reaction is then run at a temperature below the melting temperature of the double-stranded target region. Products 60 to 100 bases in length are usually amplified in 30-45 minutes using this method.
  • Embodiments of the invention include, for example, reactions that use only two templates to amplify a target sequence, one or two nicking enzymes, and a polymerase, under isothermal conditions.
  • the polymerase and the nicking enzyme are thermophilic, and the reaction temperature is significantly below the melting temperature of the hybridized target region.
  • the nicking enzyme nicks only one strand in a double-stranded duplex, so that incorporation of modified nucleotides is not necessary as in the case of conventional strand displacement amplification.
  • An initial heat denaturation step is not required for the methods of the present invention. Due to the simplicity of the reaction, in exemplary embodiments, the reaction is very easy to perform, requires no special equipment, such as a thermocycler, and can amplify 20-30mer products 10 8 to 10 10 fold from genomic DNA in only about 2.5 to about 10 minutes. Furthermore, in other exemplary embodiments, the method is able to amplify RNA without a separate reverse transcription step.
  • a method for amplifying a double-stranded nucleic acid target sequence comprising contacting a target DNA molecule comprising a double-stranded target sequence having a sense strand and an antisense strand, with a forward template and a reverse template, wherein said forward template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence antisense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking enzyme binding site and said nicking site; said reverse template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3 ' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence sense strand, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking enzyme binding site and said nick
  • the DNA polymerase is a thermophilic polymerase.
  • the polymerase and said nicking enzymes are stable at temperatures up to 37 0 C, 42 0 C, 6O 0 C, 65 0 C, 7O 0 C, 75 0 C, 8O 0 C, or 85 0 C.
  • the polymerase is stable up to 6O 0 C.
  • the polymerase may, for example, be selected from the group consisting of Bst (large fragment), 9 0 N, Vent R ® (exo- ) DNA Polymerase, Therminator, and Therminator II.
  • the nicking enzyme may, for example, nick upstream of the nicking enzyme binding site, or, in exemplary embodiments, the nicking enzyme may nick downstream of the nicking enzyme binding site.
  • the forward and reverse templates comprise nicking sites recognized by the same nicking enzyme and said first and said second nicking enzyme are the same.
  • the nicking enzyme may, for example, be selected from the group consisting of Nt.BspQI, Nb.BbvCi, Nb.Bsml, Nb.BsrDI, Nb.BtsI, NtAIwI, NtBbvCI, Nt.BstNBI, Nt.CviPII, Nb.BpulOI, and Nt.BpulOI.
  • the target sequence comprises from 1 to 5 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of said forward template recognition region and said reverse template recognition region.
  • the DNA molecule may be, for example, genomic DNA.
  • the DNA molecule may be, for example, selected from the group consisting of plasmid, mitochondrial, and viral DNA.
  • the forward template is provided at the same concentration as the reverse template. In other examples, the forward template is provided at a ratio to the reverse template at the range of ratios of 1: 100 to 100: 1.
  • the method further comprises the use of a second polymerase.
  • the amplification may be, for example, conducted at a constant temperature. This temperature may be, for example, between 54°C and 60 0 C. As to the length of time for the reaction to take place, in certain examples, the amplification reaction is held at constant temperature for 1 to 10 minutes.
  • the present invention further comprises detecting the amplification product, for example, by a method selected from the group consisting of gel electrophoresis, mass spectrometry, SYBR I fluorescence, SYBR II fluorescence, SYBR Gold, Pico Green, TOTO-3, intercalating dye detection, FRET, molecular beacon detection, surface capture, capillary electrophoresis, incorporation of labeled nucleotides to allow detection by capture, fluorescence polarization, and lateral flow capture.
  • the amplification products may be, for example, detected using a solid surface method, for example, where at least one capture probe is immobilized on the solid surface that binds to the amplified sequence.
  • the present invention may be used for multiplex amplification.
  • the amplification reaction comprises the appropriate templates and enzymes to amplify at least two target sequences.
  • the amplification reaction may be prepared to detect at least two target sequences, but only one of the target sequences may actually be present in the sample being tested, such that both sequences are capable of being amplified, even though only one sequence may actually be amplified.
  • the amplification reaction may result in the amplification of both of the target sequences.
  • the multiplex amplification reaction may result in the amplification of one, some, or all, of the target sequences for which it comprises the appropriate templates and enzymes.
  • At least one of the templates may comprise a spacer, a blocking group, or a modified nucleotide.
  • a method for amplifying a single-stranded nucleic acid target sequence comprising contacting a target nucleic acid comprising a single-stranded target sequence with a reverse template, wherein said reverse template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking enzyme binding site and said nicking site; providing a first nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said reverse template, and does not nick within said target sequence; providing a DNA polymerase under conditions wherein said polymerase extends said reverse template along said target sequence; contacting said extended reverse template with a forward template, wherein said forward template
  • the target sequence may be, for example, RNA, for example, but not limited to, messenger RNA (mRNA), ribosomal RNA (rRNA), viral RNA, microRNA, a microRNA precursor, or siRNA.
  • mRNA messenger RNA
  • rRNA ribosomal RNA
  • the polymerase has reverse transcription activity.
  • the target sequence is DNA, such as, for example, genomic DNA, or for example, the target sequence is selected from the group consisting of plasmid, mitochondrial, and viral DNA, or even a PCR product.
  • the method in accordance with the present invention, involves the use of more than one polymerase, in exemplary embodiments at least one of the polymerases may have reverse transcriptase activity.
  • a set of oligonucleotide templates comprising a first template for nucleic acid amplification, comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of a target sequence antisense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region; and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking enzyme binding site and said nicking site; and a second template for nucleic acid amplification, comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is identical to the 5' of said target sequence antisense strand; nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region; and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking enzyme binding site and said nicking site; wherein said target sequence comprises from 1 to 5 spacer bases between said 3' end of the antisense strand and said 5' end of said antisense strand that do not bind to either template.
  • a kit for following the methods of the present invention for nucleic acid amplification, comprising a DNA polymerase; a first template for nucleic acid amplification, comprising a recognition region at the 3 ' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3 ' end of a target sequence antisense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region; and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking enzyme binding site and said nicking site; a second template for nucleic acid amplification, comprising a recognition region at the 3 ' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of a target sequence sense strand; nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region; and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking enzyme binding site and said nicking site; one or two thermostable nicking enzymes, wherein either one enzyme is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said first and said second templates,
  • the kit may, for example, provide said polymerase, nicking enzymes, and templates in a container.
  • the kit may provide, for example, said polymerase, nicking enzymes, and templates in two containers.
  • the polymerase and nicking enzymes are in a first container, and said templates are in a second container.
  • the polymerase and nicking enzymes are lyophilized.
  • the kit may, for example, further comprise instructions for following the amplification methods of the present invention.
  • the kit may, for example, further comprise a cuvette.
  • the kit may, for example, further comprise a lateral flow device or dipstick.
  • the lateral flow device or dipstick may, for example, further comprise a capture probe, wherein said capture probe binds to amplified product.
  • the kit may, for example, further comprise a detector component, for example, one selected from the group consisting of a fluorescent dye, colloidal gold particles, latex particles, a molecular beacon, polystyrene beads, and the like.
  • a detector component for example, one selected from the group consisting of a fluorescent dye, colloidal gold particles, latex particles, a molecular beacon, polystyrene beads, and the like.
  • at least one of the templates of the kit may comprise a spacer, blocking group, or a modified nucleotide.
  • Deoxynucleoside triphosphates are included in the amplification reaction.
  • One or more of the dNTPs may be modified, or labeled, as discussed herein, however, the use of modified NTPs is not required in the present method.
  • Nucleotides are designated as follows.
  • a ribonucleoside triphosphate is referred to as NTP or rNTP; wherein N can be A, G, C, U or m5U to denote specific ribonucleotides.
  • Deoxynucleoside triphosphate substrates are indicated as dNTPs, wherein N can be A, G, C, T, or U.
  • a method for nucleic acid amplification comprising forming a mixture of a target nucleic acid comprising a double-stranded target sequence having a sense strand and an antisense strand; a forward template comprising a nucleic acid sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence antisense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking enzyme binding site and said nicking site; a reverse template comprising a nucleotide sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence sense strand, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region and a stabil
  • a method for nucleic acid amplification comprising forming a mixture of a target nucleic acid comprising a single-stranded target sequence; a reverse template, wherein said reverse template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3 ' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking enzyme binding site and said nicking site; a first nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said reverse template, and does not nick within said target sequence; a thermophilic polymerase under conditions wherein said polymerase extends said reverse template along said target sequence; a forward template, wherein said forward template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is identical or substantially identical to the 5'end of the target sequence; and a second nicking enzyme that is capable of
  • methods for the separation of amplified nucleic acids obtained by the amplification methods of the invention are provided.
  • methods for detecting and/or analyzing the amplified nucleic acids obtained by the amplification methods of the invention including, for example, methods using SYBR I, II, SYBR Gold, Pico Green, TOTO-3, and most intercalating dyes, molecular beacons, FRET, surface capture using immobilized probes with fluorescence, electrochemical, or colorimetric detection, mass spectrometry, capillary electrophoresis, the incorporation of labeled nucleotides to allow detection by capture or fluorescence polarization, lateral flow, and other methods involving capture probes.
  • Methods using capture probes for detection include, for example, the use of a nucleic acid molecule (the capture probe) comprising a sequence that is complementary to, or substantially complementary to, an amplification product strand such that the capture probe binds to amplified nucleic acid.
  • the probe may be linked to a detectable label in certain embodiments, and amplification product may be detected based on the detectable label of the probe specifically hybridized to the amplification product.
  • the reaction may, for example, further comprise an antibody directed against a molecule incorporated into or attached to the capture probe.
  • the capture probe or a molecule that binds to the capture probe, may incorporate, for example, an enzyme label, for example, peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, or beta-galactosidase, a fluorescent label, such as, for example, fluorescein or rhodamine, or, for example, other molecules having chemiluminescent or bioluminescent activity.
  • an enzyme label for example, peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, or beta-galactosidase
  • a fluorescent label such as, for example, fluorescein or rhodamine
  • the probe is linked to a solid support, and amplification product strands may be specifically immobilized to the capture probe linked to the solid support under conditions known and selected by the person of ordinary skill in the art.
  • solid support-immobilized amplification product may be subjected to processing steps, such as washing, ion exchange, release from the solid support, or other processing steps.
  • An amplification product may be detected when immobilized to a solid support in some embodiments.
  • the embodiments of the present invention also comprise combinations of these detection and analysis methods.
  • Figures IA-D are graphic drawings depicting mechanisms of the reactions of the present invention.
  • Figure ID is a legend for Figure 1.
  • Figure 2. 20% polyacrylamide gel of reaction products from a DNA NEARTM assay.
  • a reaction following the present methods was run for 2.5 minutes at 56 0 C, then heat denatured at 94 0 C for 4 minutes. Six microliters of the reaction was run on a 20% polyacrylamide gel at 160V for -2.5 hrs. The gel was stained with SYBR II gel stain. Lane 1 : no target control for 25mer assay. Lane 2: no target control for 27mer assay. Lane 3 : for 25mer assay with 3.5E+5 copies of genomic Bacillus subtilis DNA. Lane 4: for 27mer assay with 1.1 E+6 copies of genomic Bacillus subtilis DNA.
  • Figure 3 20% polyacrylamide gel of reaction products from an RNA assay using the present methods.
  • reaction was run for 12 minutes at 56 0 C, then heat denatured at 94 0 C for 4 minutes.
  • Six microliters of the reaction was run on a 20% polyacrylamide gel at 160V for about 2.5 hrs. The gel was stained with SYBR II gel stain.
  • Lane 1 and 2 reaction for 25mer assay with 1E+6 copies of Ebola Armored RNA (Ambion).
  • Lane 3 and 4 reaction no target control for 25mer assay. 25mer reaction products are outlined in the white box.
  • Figure 4 Mass Spectrum of Bacillus anthracis DNA assay products.
  • the reaction was run for 10 minutes, then heat denatured at 94 0 C for 4 minutes.
  • Ten microliters of sample was injected into the LC/ESI-MS.
  • the (-4) charge state of the 26mer product and its complementary sequence are outlined in a black box. The smaller adjacent peaks are the sodium adducts of the main product.
  • the reaction was run for 10 minutes, then heat denatured at 94 0 C for 4 minutes.
  • Ten microliters of sample was injected into the LC/ESI- MS.
  • the (-4) charge state of the 27mer product and its complement sequence are outlined in a black box. The smaller adjacent peaks are the sodium adducts of the main product.
  • Figure 8 Francisella tularensis DNA amplification detected in real-time using molecular beacons. Either 0 copies (open triangles) or 1E+5 copies (squares) were added to the reaction mix and run for 10 minutes at 57.5 0 C.
  • Bacillus subtilis assays were run for 10 min at 55 0 C in the presence and absence of Bacillus subtilis genomic DNA. Enzymes were heat denatured at 94 0 C for 4 min. A 10 ⁇ L sample was injected into the LC/ESI-MS and the area under the curve (AUC) of the product peaks were analyzed.
  • True Positives contained 10,000 copies of Bacillus subtilis DNA along with 990,000 copies of near neighbor (Bacillus thuringiensis) DNA.
  • True Negatives contained 10,000 copies of is. coli DNA with 990,000 copies of near neighbor DNA, and water negatives contained no DNA as a control.
  • the reaction was run for 10 minutes at 57.5 0 C (in the presence and absence of 500 copies of Francisella tularensis genomic DNA) with a 4 min heat kill at 94 0 C.
  • the assay was run for 10 minutes 57.5 0 C.
  • the reaction was stopped with a 4 min heat inactivation step at 94 0 C.
  • Bacillus subtilis genomic DNA The reaction was stopped with a heat inactivation step at 94 0 C for 4 minutes. A lO microliter sample was injected into the LC/ESI-MS and the AUC of the product peak at 1944 Daltons was analyzed and compared to a standard curve.
  • the NEARTM reaction including templates specific for both Bacillus subtilis (Bs) and Bacillus anthracis (Ba) DNA was run in the absence of target DNA (negative), in the presence of Bacillus subtilis only (positive for 27mer product), and in the presence of both Bacillus subtilis and Bacillus anthracis (positive for 27mer and 25mer product respectively).
  • the target copy number used in this assay was 500,000 copies.
  • the NEARTM reaction including templates for both a Bacillus subtilis (Bs) and Bacillus anthracis (Ba) DNA was run in the absence of target DNA (negative), in the presence of Bacillus subtilis DNA only (27mer product), and in the presence of both Bacillus subtilis and Bacillus anthracis DNA (27mer and 25mer product respectively).
  • the target copy number for each genome present in this assay was 500,000 copies. All reactions contained 500,000 copies of Bacillus thuringiensis as exogenous nucleic acids. Templates varied in concentration between the assays to control the amplification.
  • the assay was run for 10 min at 57 0 C, heat denatured at 94 0 C for 4 min, and 6 microliters was loaded on to a 20% gel run at 160 V for about 2 hours.
  • the gel was stained with SYBR II fluorescent dye and imaged.
  • the fluorescent bands were quantified and analyzed as the integrated optical density (IOD).
  • FIG. 18 Gel electrophoresis results for the MS2/Ebola RNA duplex reaction.
  • the NEARTM reaction including templates for both a MS2 and Ebola assay was run in the absence of target RNA (negative, lanes 2-5), in the presence of MS2 only (27mer product, lanes 6 and 7), and in the presence of both MS2 and Ebola RNA (27mer and 25mer product respectively, lanes 8 and 9).
  • the target copy number used in this assay was 1E+6 copies.
  • the assay was run for 10 min at 57 0 C. Templates varied in concentration between the assays to control the amplification. Samples were run on a 20% polyacrylamide gel at 160 V for -2.5 hours. The gel was stained with SYBR II fluorescent dye and imaged. The fluorescent bands were quantified and analyzed as the integrated optical density (IOD).
  • IOD integrated optical density
  • Figure 20 Demonstration of the capture and extension approach for surface detection .
  • A. Average binding (positive reaction product with no added polymerase), B.) 500,000 target (positive reaction product with added polymerase), and C.) No target (negative reaction with added polymerase) are compared.
  • the NEAR TM assay was run for 10 minutes at 55 0 C, heat denatured at 94 0 C for 4 minutes, then added to the plate with capture probe bound to the surface on the 5' end. Polymerase is added to one well of the positive reaction. The plate is incubated at 55 0 C for 30 min, washed, SYBR II added, washed 3 times, and read on a Tecan plate reader (495 nm excitation/530 nm emission).
  • Figure 21 Pseudo-real-time fluorescence detection of the NEARTM FRET assay with a single template immobilized on a surface in the presence (squares) and absence (open triangles) of 1E+6 copies of genomic DNA.
  • Reactions were performed in flat bottom 96-well plates covered with neutravidin.
  • a solution of 1 micromolar FRET-labeled reverse template was incubated with gentle mixing for 1 hr at 37 0 C.
  • Wells were washed 3 times with a PBS-Tween solution to release unbound template.
  • NEARTM reaction mix of the present method was added to the wells (one for each time point taken) and incubated at 58°C on a heating block in a shaking incubator set to 135 RPM. Time points were taken by adding 1 microliter EDTA to the well to stop the reaction. The fluorescence was read from the bottom using a Tecan 100 plate reader.
  • Figure 22 Limit of Detection Assay for Chlamydia trachomatis. A series of assays was performed using 2-fold dilutions of Chlamydia target. A) Bar graph of fluorescence detection showing the limit of detection as averaged from 3 assays. B) Bar graph showing the results of individual assays.
  • Figure 23 Discrimination of Listeria monocytogenes from L. innocua. Bar graph showing the results of a series of assays that was performed to determine the ability of the assays to discriminate between two different bacteria.
  • Figure 24 Assay with Viral RNA. Bar graph showing the results of a series of assays of the present methods with various dilutions of a viral RNA target.
  • Figure 25 Bar graph showing the results of anAssay for etection of the bar gene target sequence.
  • Figure 26 Bar graph showing the results of a assay of the present methods for detection of an miRNA target sequence.
  • Figure 27 Gc Assay: LOD.
  • FIG 28 B. subtilis ⁇ NEARTM assay.
  • Figure 30 Template designs used for the assay shown in Figure 29.
  • Figure 31 Effect of stabilizing region.
  • A) Graph of the results of assays of the present methods using oligo templates that either include, or don't include, stabilizing regions.
  • Figure 32 Titration of Mg + concentration
  • FIG. 33 Drawing depicting mechanisms of the reactions of the present methods.
  • Figure 34 List of examples of target and oligo template sequences.
  • Target nucleic acids of the present invention include double-stranded and single- stranded nucleic acid molecules.
  • the nucleic acid may be, for example, DNA or RNA.
  • the target nucleic acid is an RNA molecule
  • the molecule may be, for example, double-stranded, single-stranded, or the RNA molecule may comprise a target sequence that is single-stranded.
  • the target nucleic acid is an RNA molecule
  • the molecule may be double-stranded or single-stranded, or may comprise a target sequence that is single-stranded.
  • Target nucleic acids include, for example, genomic, plasmid, mitochondrial, cellular, and viral nucleic acid.
  • the target nucleic acid may be, for example, genomic, chromosomal, plasmid DNA, a gene, any type of cellular RNA, or a synthetic oligonucleotide.
  • genomic nucleic acid is meant any nucleic acid from any genome, for example, including animal, plant, insect, and bacterial genomes, including, for example, genomes present in spores.
  • Double stranded DNA target nucleic acids include, for example, genomic DNA, plasmid DNA, mitochondrial DNA, viral DNA, and synthetic double stranded DNA or other types of DNA described herein or known in the art.
  • Single-stranded DNA target nucleic acids include, for example, viral DNA, cDNA, and synthetic single-stranded DNA, or other types of DNA described herein or known in the art.
  • RNA target nucleic acids include, for example, messenger RNA, viral RNA, ribosomal RNA, transfer RNA, microRNA and microRNA precursors, and siRNAs or other RNAs described herein or known in the art.
  • MicroRNAs miRNAs, or small temporal RNAs (stRNAs), are short single- stranded RNA sequences, about 21-23 nucleotides long that are involved in gene regulation. MicroRNAs are thought to interfere with the translation of messenger RNAs as they are partially complementary to messenger RNAs.
  • MicroRNA may also have a role in the immune system, based on studies recently reported in knockout mice, (see, for example, Wade, N., "Studies Reveal and Immune System Regulator” New York Times, April 27, 2007).
  • MicroRNA precursors that may also be detected using the methods of the present invention include, for example, the primary transcript (pri- miRNA) and the pre-miRNA stem-loop-structured RNA that is further processed into miRNA.
  • Short interfering RNAs are at least partially double-stranded, about 20- 25 nucleotide long RNA molecules that are found to be involved in RNA interference, for example, in the down-regulation of viral replication or gene expression (see for example Zamore et al., 2000, Cell, 101, 25-33; Bass, 2001, Nature, 411, 428-429; Elbashir et al., 2001, Nature, 411, 494-498; and Kreutzer et al., International PCT Publication No. WO 00/44895; Zernicka-Goetz et al., International PCT Publication No. WO 01/36646; Fire, International PCT Publication No.
  • target sequence may refer to either the sense or antisense strand of the sequence, and also refers to the sequences as they exist on target nucleic acids, amplified copies, or amplification products, of the original target sequence.
  • the amplification product may be a larger molecule that comprises the target sequence, as well as at least one other sequence, or other nucleotides.
  • the length of the target sequence, and the guanosine:cytosine (GC) concentration (percent) is dependent on the temperature at which the reaction is run; this temperature is dependent on the stability of the polymerases and nicking enzymes used in the reaction. Those of ordinary skill in the art may run sample assays to determine the appropriate length and GC concentration for the reaction conditions.
  • the target sequence may be, for example, from 19 to 50 nucleotides in length, or for example, from 20 to 45, 20 to 40, 22 to 35, or 23 to 32 nucleotides in length.
  • the GC concentration under these conditions may be, for example, less than 60%, less than 55%, less than 50%, or less than 45%.
  • the target sequence and nicking enzymes are selected such that the target sequence does not contain nicking sites for any nicking enzymes that will be included in the reaction mix.
  • the target sequences may be amplified from many types of samples including, but not limited to samples containing spores, viruses, cells, nucleic acid from prokaryotes or eukaryotes, or any free nucleic acid.
  • the assay can detect the DNA on the outside of spores without the need for lysis.
  • the sample may be isolated from any material suspected of containing the target sequence.
  • the sample may comprise blood, bone marrow, mucus, lymph, hard tissues, for example, liver, spleen, kidney, lung, or ovary, biopsies, sputum, saliva, tears, feces, or urine.
  • the target sequence may be present in air, plant, soil, or other materials suspected of containing biological organisms.
  • Target sequences may be present in samples that may also contain environmental and contaminants such as dust, pollen, and soot (for example, from diesel exhaust), or clinically relevant matrices such as urine, mucus, or saliva. Target sequences may also be present in waste water, drinking water, air, milk, or other food. Depending on the concentration of these contaminants, sample purification methods known to those of ordinary skill in the art may be required to remove inhibitors for successful amplification. Purification may, for example, involve the use of detergent lysates, sonication, vortexing with glass beads, or a French press. This purification could also result in concentration of the sample target.
  • Samples may also, for be further purified, for example, by filtration, phenol extraction, chromatography, ion exchange, gel electrophoresis, or density dependent centrifugation.
  • the sample can be added directly to the reaction mix or pre-diluted and then added to the reaction mix without prior purification of target nucleic acid.
  • An oligonucleotide is a molecule comprising two or more deoxyribonucleotides or ribonucleotides, for example, more than three. The length of an oligonucleotide will depend on how it is to be used. The oligonucleotide may be derived synthetically or by cloning.
  • nucleic acid sequences generally refers to the ability of the two sequences to form sufficient hydrogen bonding between the two nucleic acids to stabilize a double-stranded nucleotide sequence formed by hybridization of the two nucleic acids. In the two sequences, all nucleotides in one sequence may be complementary to counterpart nucleotides in the other sequence.
  • each template nucleic acid often includes a recognition region complementary to, or substantially complementary to, a target nucleic acid strand (or complement thereof) to which the template nucleic acid hybridizes.
  • each template nucleic acid often includes a stabilizing region 5' of the recognition region and nick agent recognition region that is not complementary or substantially complementary to the target nucleic acid sequence or complement thereof.
  • stabilizing region 5' of the recognition region and nick agent recognition region that is not complementary or substantially complementary to the target nucleic acid sequence or complement thereof.
  • “hybridization” and “binding” are used interchangeably and refer to the non-covalent binding or “base pairing” of complementary nucleic acid sequences to one another. Whether or not a particular probe remains base paired with a polynucleotide sequence depends on the degree of complementarity, the length of the probe, and the stringency of the binding conditions. The higher the stringency, the higher must be the degree of complementarity, and/or the longer the probe for binding or base pairing to remain stable.
  • stringency refers to the combination of conditions to which nucleic acids are subjected that cause double-stranded nucleic acid to dissociate into component single strands such as pH extremes, high temperature, and salt concentration.
  • high stringency refers to hybridization conditions that are sufficiently stringent or restrictive such that only specific base pairings will occur. The specificity should be sufficient to allow for the detection of unique sequences using an oligonucleotide probe or closely related sequence under standard Southern hybridization protocols (as described in J. MoI. Biol. 98:503 (1975)).
  • Templates are defined as oligonucleotides that bind to a recognition region of a target sequence and also contain a nicking enzyme binding region upstream of the recognition region and a stabilizing region upstream to the nicking enzyme binding region.
  • recognition region is meant a nucleic acid sequence on the template that is complementary or substantially complementary to a nucleic acid sequence on the target sequence.
  • recognition region on the target sequence is meant the nucleotide sequence on the target sequence that is complementary or substantially complementary to, and binds to, the template.
  • stabilizing region is meant a nucleic acid sequence having, for example, about 50% GC content, designed to stabilize the molecule for, for example, the nicking and/or extension reactions.
  • nucleic acid molecules such as, for example, in the target sequence, or the template
  • the terms "3' " and "5' " refer to a location of a particular sequence or region in relation to another.
  • a sequence or a region is 3' to or 3' of another sequence or region, the location is between that sequence or region and the 3' hydroxyl of that strand of nucleic acid.
  • a location in a nucleic acid is 5' to or 5' of another sequence or region, that means that the location is between that sequence or region and the 5' phosphate of that strand of nucleic acid.
  • the polymerase is a protein able to catalyze the specific incorporation of nucleotides to extend a 3' hydroxyl terminus of a primer molecule, such as, for example, the template oligonucleotide, against a nucleic acid target sequence.
  • the polymerase may be, for example, thermophilic so that it is active at an elevated reaction temperature. It may also, for example, have strand displacement capabilities. It does not, however, need to be very processive (30-40 nucleotides for a single synthesis are sufficient). Often, the polymerase used does not have 5 '-3' exonuclease activity.
  • the reaction can also amplify RNA targets in a single step without the use of a separate reverse transcriptase.
  • More than one polymerase may be included in the reaction, in one example one of the polymerases may have reverse transcriptase activity and the other polymerase may lack reverse transcriptase activity.
  • the polymerase is BST (large fragment).
  • the polymerase may be selected from, for example, the group consisting of one or more of the polymerases listed in Table 1.
  • RT Reverse Transcriptases
  • “Nicking” refers to the cleavage of only one strand of the double-stranded portion of a fully or partially double-stranded nucleic acid. The position where the nucleic acid is nicked is referred to as the nicking site or nicking site. The recognition sequence that the nicking enzyme recognizes is referred to as the nicking enzyme binding site. “Capable of nicking” refers to an enzymatic capability of a nicking enzyme.
  • the nicking enzyme is a protein that binds to double-stranded DNA and cleaves one strand of a double-stranded duplex.
  • the nicking enzyme may cleave either upstream or downstream of the binding site, or nicking enzyme recognition site.
  • the reaction comprises the use of nicking enzymes that cleave or nick downstream of the binding site (top strand nicking enzymes) so that the product sequence does not contain the nicking site.
  • top nicking enzymes top strand nicking enzymes
  • the nicking enzyme must be functional in the same reaction conditions as the polymerase, so optimization between the two ideal conditions for both is necessary.
  • Nicking enzymes are available from, for example, New England Biolabs (NEB) and Fermentas.
  • the nicking enzyme may, for example, be selected from the group consisting of one or more of the nicking enzymes listed in Table 3.
  • Nicking enzymes may be, for example, selected from the group consisting of Nt.BspQI(NEB), Nb.BbvCI(NEB), Nb.BsmI(NEB), Nb.BsrDI(NEB), Nb.BtsI(NEB), Nt.AlwI(NEB), Nt.BbvCI(NEB), Nt.BstNBI(NEB), Nt.CviPII(NEB), Nb.BpulOl(Fermantas), and Nt.BpulOl(Fermentas).
  • the nicking enzyme is selected from the group consisting of Nt.NBst.NBI, Nb.Bsml, and Nb.BsrDI.
  • Those of ordinary skill in the art are aware that various nicking enzymes other than those mentioned specifically herein may be used in the present methods.
  • Nicking enzymes and polymerases of the present methods may be, for example, stable at room temperature, the enzymes may also, for example, be stable at temperatures up to 37 0 C , 42 0 C , 6O 0 C, 65 0 C, 7O 0 C, 75 0 C, 8O 0 C, or 85 0 C. In certain embodiments, the enzymes are stable up to 6O 0 C.
  • An enzyme is "thermophilic" when it is stable at temperatures up to 37 0 C , 42 0 C , 50-60C, 54-6O 0 C, 56-58 0 C, 6O 0 C, 65 0 C, 7O 0 C, 75 0 C, 8O 0 C, or 85 0 C
  • Product or amplified product is defined as the end result of the extension of the template along the target that is nicked and released. This product can then feed back into the amplification cycle, or it can anneal to its complement or a molecular beacon.
  • a “native nucleotide” refers to adenylic acid, guanylic acid, cytidylic acid, thymidylic acid, or uridylic acid.
  • a “derivatized nucleotide” is a nucleotide other than a native nucleotide.
  • the reaction may be conducted in the presence of native nucleotides, such as, for example, dideoxyribonucleoside triphosphates (dNTPs).
  • dNTPs dideoxyribonucleoside triphosphates
  • the reaction may also be carried out in the presence of labeled dNTPs, such as, for example, radiolabels such as, for example, 32 P, 33 P, 125 I, or 35 S, enzyme labels such as alkaline phosphatase, fluorescent labels such as fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC), biotin, avidin, digoxigenin, antigens, haptens, or fluorochromes.
  • FITC fluorescein isothiocyanate
  • biotin avidin
  • digoxigenin antigens
  • haptens haptens
  • fluorochromes fluorescein isothiocyanate
  • isothermally is meant a set of reaction conditions where the temperature of the reaction is kept essentially or substantially constant during the course of the amplification reaction.
  • An advantage of the amplification method of the present methods is that the temperature does not need to be cycled between an upper temperature and a lower temperature. The nicking and the extension reaction will work at the same temperature or within the same narrow temperature range. However, it is not necessary that the temperature be maintained at precisely one temperature.
  • the equipment used to maintain an elevated temperature allows the temperature of the reaction mixture to vary by a few degrees, or few tenths of a degree, such as, for example, less than 1 degree, 0.8 degrees, 0.6 degrees, 0.4 degrees, or 0.2 degrees, this is not detrimental to the amplification reaction, and may still be considered to be an isothermal reaction.
  • multiplex amplification refers to the amplification of more than one nucleic acid of interest. For example, it can refer to the amplification of multiple sequences from the same sample or the amplification of one of several sequences in a sample as discussed, for example, in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,422,252; and 5,470,723, which provide examples of multiplex strand displacement amplification.
  • the term also refers to the amplification of one or more sequences present in multiple samples either simultaneously or in step-wise fashion.
  • Forward and Reverse templates, and first and second templates are designed so that there is a stabilizing region at the 5' end, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site downstream of the stabilizing region, and a recognition region downstream of the nicking enzyme binding site and the nicking site on the 3' end of the oligonucleotide.
  • the total oligo length can range from 19 to 40, for example from 19-40, 23-40, 20-30, 20-24, 23-24, 23-32, 25-40, 27-40, or 27-35 nucleotides depending on the length of each individual region, the temperature, the length of the target sequence, and the GC concentration.
  • One of ordinary skill in the art would know how to balance these features of the templates.
  • the templates may be designed so that they, together, would bind to less than or equal to 100% of the target sequence, one binding to the sense strand, and one to the antisense strand.
  • the length of each template does not need to be the same length as the other template.
  • the forward template binds to about 60% of the target antisense strand
  • the reverse template may, for example, bind to about 40% of the target sense strand.
  • the templates may be designed to allow for spacer bases on the target sequence, that do not bind to either template. The templates thus may be designed to bind to about 30%, about 40%, about 50%, or about 60% of the target sequence.
  • the recognition region of the forward template is designed to be substantially identical or identical to the 5' region of the target sense strand and complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the target site antisense strand.
  • the recognition region of the forward template is of any suitable length, for example, about 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 or 16 bases in length, and sometimes 8-16, 9-16, 10-16, 8-12, 8- 15, 9-15, 10-15, or 11-14 nucleotides long. In exemplary embodiments, the length is 11- 13, 11-12, 12, or 12-13 nucleotides long.
  • the recognition region of the reverse template is designed to be substantially complementary or complementary to the 3' end of the target site sense strand.
  • the recognition region of the reverse template is of any suitable length, for example, about 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 or 16 bases in length, and sometimes 8-16, 9-16, 10-16, 8-12, 8-15, 9-15, 10-15, or 11-14 nucleotides long.
  • the length is 11-13, 11-12, 12, or 12-13 nucleotides long.
  • the length of the recognition region of the first template may either be the same as the length of the recognition region of the second template, or may be different.
  • a recognition sequence of a template often is complementary or substantially complementary to a unique sequence, or substantially unique sequence, of an organism.
  • unique sequence refers to a nucleotide sequence in an organism that is present in no other known organism.
  • substantially unique sequence refers to a nucleotide sequence present in a specific family of organisms, or in up to only about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 other organisms.
  • a unique sequence or substantially unique sequence is present in ribosomal RNA or in the sense or antisense strand of DNA encoding ribosomal RNA.
  • an 8 base-length template recognition region is a lower limit.
  • a specific 16 nucleotide sequence is expected to occur approximately once in the human genome.
  • the target size decreases, for example to 15 nucleotides, that would be expected to occur, on average, 3 times in the human genome (1.07x109 possibilities in 3.3x109 occurrences), and would therefore not be as specific as a 16 nucleotide target size.
  • Amplification ssays in accordance with the present invention were conducted to determine the optimal length of the recognition region.
  • 10 minute assays using either 0 or 100,000 copies of target DNA, a 20 mer recognition region template set did not produce detectable specific product, while specific product was detected using a 12 mer recognition region template set.
  • the use of a 16 mer recognition region template set resulted in specific detectable product, but four-fold less specific product was detected than in an assay using the 12 mer recognition region template set.
  • the use of a 15 mer recognition region template set generated more specific product than a 16 mer recognition region template set.
  • methods for amplifying a double stranded nucleic acid target sequence comprising contacting a target DNA molecule comprising a double-stranded target sequence, having a sense strand and an antisense strand, with a forward template and a reverse template, wherein the forward template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence antisense strand, wherein the recognition region is from 8 to 15 nucleotides in length; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of the recognition region and a stabilizing region upstream of the nicking enzyme binding site and the nicking site; the reverse template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence sense strand, wherein the recognition region is from 8 to 15 nucleotides in length, a nicking enzyme binding site and a
  • the recognition region of the forward or reverse template, or each of the forward and reverse templates is 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, or 15 nucleotides in length.
  • the target sequence comprises from 1 to 5 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of the forward template recognition region and the reverse template recognition region
  • methods for amplifying a single- stranded nucleic acid target sequence comprising contacting a target nucleic acid comprising a single-stranded target sequence with a reverse template, wherein the reverse template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence wherein the recognition region is from 8 to 15 nucleotides in length, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of the recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of the nicking enzyme binding site and the nicking site; providing a first nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of the reverse template, and does not nick within the target sequence; providing a DNA polymerase under conditions wherein the polymerase extends the reverse template along the target sequence; contacting the extended reverse template with a forward template, wherein the forward template comprises a recognition region at the 3 'end that is identical to the 5
  • the recognition region of the forward or reverse template, or each of the forward and reverse templates is 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, or 15 nucleotides in length.
  • the target sequence comprises from 1 to 5 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of the forward template recognition region and the reverse template recognition region
  • the temperature at which the amplification reaction is conducted is lower than the melting temperature (T m ) of a template and target.
  • the reaction temperature is, for example, from 1 0 C -10 0 C, 1 0 C -8 0 C, 1 0 C - 6 0 C, 1 0 C -4 0 C, 1 0 C -2 0 C, 2 0 C -10 0 C, 2 0 C -8 0 C, 2 0 C -6 0 C, 2 0 C -4 0 C, 2 0 C -2 0 C from 2 °C-4 0 C or from 2 0 C, 3 0 C, 4 0 C, 5 0 C, 6 0 C, 7 0 C, or 8 0 C less than the T m of a template and target.
  • the reaction temperature also often is lower than the T m of the reaction products (e.g., products of nicking and polymerase extension of the amplification duplex shown in Figure IB and Figure 1C after step 9A).
  • the reaction temperature may be higher than the T m of the initial template/target sequence complex (drawing above step (1) of Figure IA). Once the template is extended to form a stable complex, the T m of the stable complex is higher than the reaction temperature.
  • the T m of a template/target nucleic acid target often is higher than the reaction temperature, and sometimes the T m is 5 0 C or more higher than the reaction temperature, or for example, about 1 0 C, 2 0 C, 3 0 C, 4 0 C, 5 0 C, 6 0 C, 7 0 C, or 8 0 C or more higher than the reaction temperature.
  • the T m of each portion of the nicked strand after nicking often is higher than the reaction temperature, and sometimes the T m of each nicked portion is 5 0 C or more higher than the reaction temperature, or for example, about 1 0 C, 2 0 C, 3 0 C, 4 0 C, 5 0 C, 6 0 C, 7 0 C, or 8 0 C or more higher than the reaction temperature.
  • the T m of the template and target may be calculated, for example, using the program provided for the IDT Oligo Analyzer (Integrated DNA Technologies) at World Wide Web URL idtdna-com/analyzer/Applications/OligoAnalyzer/ considering the salt concentration of the reaction conditions. As discussed at the IDT website, the T m calculations using the Analyzer are conducted as follows:
  • T M Melting temperature
  • ⁇ H° (enthalpy) and ⁇ S° (entropy) are the melting parameters calculated from the sequence and the published nearest neighbor thermodynamic parameters
  • R is the ideal gas constant (1.987 cal K ⁇ mole "1 )
  • [oligo] is the molar concentration of an oligonucleotide
  • the constant of -273.15 converts temperature from Kelvin to degrees of Celsius.
  • the most accurate, nearest-neighbor parameters were obtained from the following p ub l icatio n s for DNA/DNA base pairs (Allawi,H., SantaLucia,J.,Jr., Biochemistry, 36, 10581), RNA/DNA base pairs (Sugimoto,N.
  • RNA/RNA base pairs Xia,T. et al., Biochemistry, 37, 14719
  • LNA/DNA base pairs McTigue,P.M. et al., Biochemistry, 43, 5388.
  • T M depends on monovalent salt concentration ([Na + ]) of the solvent.
  • the linear T M correction is a method known in the art. As discussed in the IDT website, scientists at IDT performed a large set of UV melting experiments (-3000 measurements) on about 100 short DNA duplexes in a variety of sodium buffers and determined that this linear function is inaccurate. OligoAnalyzer employs the improved quadratic T M salt correction function (Owczarzy,R. et al, Biochemistry, 43, 3537),
  • f(GC) is the fraction of GC base pairs.
  • the lengths of the recognition regions are adjusted so that there is at least one nucleotide in the target sequence that is not in the forward template's recognition region and also does not have its complement in the reverse template's recognition region.
  • These spacer bases (which form the "spacer region") are nucleotides contained within the target sequence that lie in between the 3' ends of the forward and reverse templates.
  • the spacer bases are shown in, for example, Figure 30, where they are indicated as the section of the target sense and antisense sequences between the 3' ends of the forward and reverse templates, also indicated within the "spacer region.”
  • the target sense strand has 1 spacer base (or, a gap of 1 nucleotide) — T
  • the target antisense strand has 1 spacer base (or, a gap of 1 -nucleotide) — A.
  • 5 spacer bases or less are present in the target sequence.
  • the number of spacer bases is 2 to 3.
  • the number of spacer bases is 1, 2, or 3.
  • there are 3 spacer bases is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5.
  • the target sequence comprises from 1 to 5 nucleotides between the target sequence nucleotide that hybridizes to the 3' end of the first template and the corresponding nucleotide to the nucleotide of the complement of the first strand that hybridizes to the 3' end of the second template.
  • corresponding nucleotide is meant the nucleotide on one strand of the target nucleotide sequence that hybridizes to the complementary strand of the target nucleotide sequence when the two strands are aligned.
  • These 1 to 5 nucleotides are also called spacer bases.
  • spacer bases allow for distinction of the true amplified product from any background products amplified by extension due to overlapping templates in a similar manner to primer-dimers. This consideration allows for improved discrimination between background noise and amplification of a target sequence. However, these spacer bases are not required for the amplification to proceed.
  • methods for amplifying a double stranded nucleic acid target sequence comprising contacting a target DNA molecule comprising a double-stranded target sequence, having a sense strand and an antisense strand, with a forward template and a reverse template, wherein the forward template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence antisense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of the recognition region and a stabilizing region upstream of the nicking enzyme binding site and the nicking site; the reverse template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3 ' end of the target sequence sense strand, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of the recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of the nicking enzyme binding site
  • methods for amplifying a single- stranded nucleic acid target sequence comprising contacting a target nucleic acid comprising a single-stranded target sequence with a reverse template, wherein the reverse template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of the recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of the nicking enzyme binding site and the nicking site; providing a first nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of the reverse template, and does not nick within the target sequence; providing a DNA polymerase under conditions wherein the polymerase extends the reverse template along the target sequence; contacting the extended reverse template with a forward template, wherein the forward template comprises a recognition region at the 3 'end that is identical to the 5'end of the target sequence a nicking enzyme binding site and a
  • the nicking enzyme binding site sequence of the template depends on which nicking enzyme is chosen for each template. Different nicking enzymes may be used in a single assay, but a simple amplification may, for example, employ a single nicking enzyme for use with both templates. Thus, the embodiments of the present methods include those where both templates comprise recognition sites for the same nicking enzyme, and only one nicking enzyme is used in the reaction. In these embodiments, both the first and second nicking enzymes are the same. The present method also includes those embodiments where each template comprises a recognition site for a different nicking enzyme, and two nicking enzymes are used in the reaction.
  • the enzyme binding site is 5'-GAGTC-3' and the enzyme nicks the top strand four nucleotides down stream of this site (i.e.,
  • the amplification reaction shows little dependence on the sequence of these four nucleotides (N), though optimal sequence of this region is 25% or less GC content and with a thymine adjacent to the 5' nucleotide of the binding region.
  • N nucleotides
  • the latter stipulation allows for the priming ability of products that have an additional adenine added on by the polymerase.
  • the sequence of the four nucleotides can be optimized to create or eliminate the presence of hairpins, self-dimers, or heterodimers, depending on the application.
  • the stabilizing region on the 5' end of the template oligonucleotide is designed to be roughly 50% GC.
  • the GC content may be, for example, about 40%-60%, about 42%-58%, about 44%-56%, about 46%-54%, about 48%-52%, or about 49%-51%.
  • These parameters result in a stabilizing region length of 8-11 nucleotides for the Nt.BstNBI enzyme, though lengths as short as 6 and as long as 15 nucleotides have been tested and were shown to work in this amplification method. Longer stabilizing regions or increased %GC to greater than 50 % could further stabilize the nicking and extension reactions at higher reaction temperatures.
  • the sequence of the 5' stabilizing regions of forward and reverse templates are usually identical, but can be varied if the aim is to capture each product strand independently. The sequence of this region should not interfere with the nicking site or the recognition region, though short internal hairpins within the template sequence have been shown to have improved real-time results.
  • one or more agents that destabilize nucleic acid interaction are included in an amplification process, and in alternative embodiments, one or more of such agents are not included in an amplification process.
  • agents that destabilize nucleic acid interaction are those that destabilize double-stranded structure (e.g., double-stranded DNA), and/or structures within a strand (e.g., secondary or tertiary structures in RNA), and include, without limitation, betaines and other tetra-ammonium compounds, formamide, glycerol, sorbitol, sodium perchlorate, dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), lower alkyl alcohols (e.g., ethanol; 1-4 carbon alcohols), urea, trialkyl ammonium salts (e.g., triethyl ammonium chloride), single strand binding (ssb) proteins, such as, for example, E.
  • double-stranded structure e.g., double-stranded DNA
  • structures within a strand e.g., secondary or tertiary structures in RNA
  • agents that destabilize double-stranded structure e.g., double-stranded DNA
  • coli ssb helicases, such as, for example, E. coli DNA helicases I, II, or IV, lower alkyl (1-4 C) alcohols, and the like.
  • such agents lower the melting temperature (T m ) of nucleic acid interactions (e.g., lower duplex T m ).
  • T m melting temperature
  • Those of ordinary skill in the art may determine the appropriate destabilizing agent and appropriate destabilizing agent concentration for the reaction, considering, for example, the amount of destabilization as well as the need to maintain enzymatic activity.
  • concentrations include about 10% glycerol, about 10% sodium perchlorate, about 10% DMSO, about 10% sorbitol, about 2.4 molar triethyl ammonium chloride, and about greater than 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 molar betaine, for example, about 5-6 molar betaine.
  • Betaine, or N,N,N-trimethylglycine may be purchased from, for example Sigma-Aldrich, for example, catalog numbers B2629 or B0300. It may be used, for example, in combination with low concentrations of DMSO, for example, about 1-2, or about 1.3% DMSO to about IM betaine.
  • the templates of the present methods may include, for example, spacers, blocking groups, and modified nucleotides.
  • Modified nucleotides are nucleotides or nucleotide triphosphates that differ in composition and/or structure from natural nucleotide and nucleotide triphosphates.
  • Modified nucleotide or nucleotide triphosphates used herein may, for example, be modified in such a way that, when the modifications are present on one strand of a double-stranded nucleic acid where there is a restriction endonuclease recognition site, the modified nucleotide or nucleotide triphosphates protect the modified strand against cleavage by restriction enzymes.
  • Blocking groups are chemical moieties that can be added to the template to inhibit target sequence-independent nucleic acid polymerization by the polymerase. Blocking groups are usually located at the 3' end of the template. Examples of blocking groups include, for example, alkyl groups, non-nucleotide linkers, phosphorothioate, alkane-diol residues, peptide nucleic acid, and nucleotide derivatives lacking a 3'-OH, including, for example, cordycepin. Examples of spacers, include, for example, C3 spacers. Spacers may be used, for example, within the template, and also, for example, at the 5' end, to attach other groups, such as, for example, labels.
  • Unmodified nucleotides often are provided for template extension. Unmodified nucleotides and nucleotide derivatives often are not provided for incorporation into extended templates. In certain embodiments, however, one or more modified nucleotides or nucleotide derivatives may be provided and incorporated into an extended template.
  • the amplification reaction may also include helper oligonucleotides.
  • Helper oligonucleotides are oligonucleotides that are, for example, about 5-10, 5-15, 5-20, nucleotides long. The presence of helper oligonucleotides may increase the speed, amount, or sensitivity of the amplification reaction. Helper oligonucleotides are not incorporated into the final product. Those of ordinary skill in the art would be able to determine the appropriate helper oligonucleotides to add to a reaction, as well as the amount to add.
  • helper oligonucleotides are synthesized that are complementary to various regions of the target nucleic acid or its complement, and add them to the assay in varying amounts, comparing the assay with the helper oligonucleotides to one without helper oligonucleotides as a control.
  • Helper oligonucleotides may be synthesized that are complementary to regions upstream or downstream of the recognition region, or its complement. For example, sets of helper oligonucleotides about 10 bases long may be synthesized that are complementary to regions spaced every 5-10 bases upstream or downstream of the recognition region, then tested in pairs for their ability to enhance the amplification reaction.
  • Amplification reactions of the present methods require the presence of a nucleic acid target, at least two template oligonucleotides, a nicking enzyme, for example, a thermophilic nicking enzyme, a thermophilic polymerase, and buffer components all held at the reaction temperature.
  • the recognition region of the templates interacts with the complementary or substantially complementary target sequence. Since the melting temperature of the complementary or substantially complementary regions of the target and template is well below the reaction temperature, the interaction between the two nucleic acid strands is transient, but allows enough time for a thermophilic polymerase to extend from the 3' end of the template along the target strand.
  • certain polymerases bind to single-stranded oligonucleotides. The pre-formation of this complex can facilitate the speed of the amplification process.
  • both templates can interact with the corresponding target strands simultaneously (forward template with the antisense strand and reverse template with the sense strand) during the normal breathing of double-stranded DNA.
  • the target may also be generated by a single or double nick sites within the genome sequence.
  • the reverse template binds and extends first ( Figure 1, Step 1 and 2).
  • the extended sequence contains the complement to the forward template.
  • the forward template then displaces a region of the target and binds to the 3' synthesized region complementary or substantially complementary to the recognition region of the forward template (Step 3).
  • another reverse template can also displace the initial extended reverse template at the recognition region to create a single-stranded extended reverse template for the forward template to bind.
  • the initial binding and extension of the templates is facilitated by a non-processive polymerase that extends shorter strands of DNA so that the melting temperature of the synthesized product is above the reaction temperature.
  • the single-stranded product is then available for the next template recognition site to bind and polymerase to extend.
  • the forward template is extended to the 5' end of the reverse template, creating a double-stranded nicking enzyme binding site for the reverse template (Step 5).
  • the nicking enzyme then binds to the duplex and nicks directly upstream of the recognition sequence of the reverse template strand (in the case of a top-strand nicking enzyme) (Step 6).
  • the nucleic acid sequence downstream of the nick is either released (if the melting temperature is near the reaction temperature) and/or is displaced by the polymerase synthesis from the 3'-OH nick site.
  • Polymerase extends along the forward template to the 5' end of the forward template (Step 8).
  • the double-strand formed from the extension of both templates creates a nicking enzyme binding site on either end of the duplex.
  • Steps 9-1 IA the target product located in between the two nick sites (with 5'- phosphate and 3'-OH) is released, usually ranging in length from (but is not limited to) 23 to 29 bases (Steps 9-1 IA), or the singly-nicked product containing the target product and the reverse complement of the nick site and stability region of the template (usually 36 to 48 bases in length) is released (Steps 9-1 IB).
  • Steps 9-1 IA the target product located in between the two nick sites
  • Steps 9-1 IB the singly-nicked product containing the target product and the reverse complement of the nick site and stability region of the template (usually 36 to 48 bases in length) is released.
  • Figure 33 Another depiction of mechanisms of the reaction is presented in Figure 33. The ratio of products 1 to 2 can be adjusted by varying the concentrations of the templates.
  • the forward:reverse template ratio may vary from, for example, molar ratios of 100: 1, 75: 1; 50: 1, 40: 1, 30: 1, 20: 1, 10: 1, 5: 1, 2.5: 1, 1: 1, 1 :2.5, 1 :5, 1: 10, 1 :20, 1 :30, 1 :40, 1 :50, 1 :75, or 1 : 100.
  • the ratio of products (A to B) is dependent on the ratio of nicking enzyme to polymerase, i.e. a higher concentration of polymerase results in more of the longer length product (B) since there is comparatively less nicking enzyme to nick both strands simultaneously before the polymerase extends.
  • the nicking enzyme:polymerase ratio may vary from, for example, enzyme unit ratios of 20: 1, 15: 1; 10: 1, 5: 1, 4: 1, 3: 1, 2: 1, 1.5: 1, 1 : 1, 1 : 1.5, 1 :2, 1 :3, 1:4, 1 :5, 1 : 10, 1 : 15, 1 :20.
  • the ratio of nicking enzyme to polymerase may, for example, be 1 :3, 1 :2, 1: 1.5, or 1:0.8. Those of ordinary skill in the art recognize that these ratios may represent rounded values. This nicking and polymerase extension process continues until one of the resources (usually dNTPs or enzyme) is exhausted.
  • the time that the reaction is run may vary from, for example, within about 1 minute, or within about 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 or 20 minutes. Longer reaction times may produce acceptable results where speed is not an issue. In some embodiments, the reaction is between 1-20 minutes, 1-15 minutes or 1-10, 1-8, 1-5, 1-2.5, 2.5-5, 2.5-8, 2.5-10, or 2.5-20 minutes in certain embodiments.
  • the amplification processes described herein are efficient, and in some embodiments, as shown, for example, in the Examples, there is about lxl0 6 -fold or more amplification, about lxl0 7 -fold or more amplification, about lxl0 8 -fold or more amplification, about lxl0 9 -fold or more amplification, or about Ixl0 10 -fold or more amplification in the time frame of the reaction, for example, in 5 or ten minutes.
  • the reaction is highly sensitive, and is able to detect, for example, as low as about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, or 100 copies, or more, in a sample, as many as 200, 500, 1,000, 5,000, or 10,000, or more copies in a sample, or, for example, may detect a target that is present at a concentration of, for example, about 3.32E- 13 micromolar to about 3.32E-8 micromolar, about 1.66E-12 micromolar to about 3.32E-8 micromolar, about 3.32E-13 micromolar to about 3.32E-7 micromolar, or about 3.32E-13 micromolar to about 3.32E-6 micromolar.
  • methods for amplifying a double stranded nucleic acid target sequence comprising contacting a target DNA molecule comprising a double-stranded target sequence, having a sense strand and an antisense strand, with a forward template and a reverse template, wherein the forward template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence antisense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of the recognition region and a stabilizing region upstream of the nicking enzyme binding site and the nicking site; the reverse template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence sense strand, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of the recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of the nicking enzyme binding site and the nicking site; providing a first
  • about 10 7 (IE +07) copies are produced in 10 minutes.
  • the time to produce the same amount of copies may be increased to about, for example, 12, 14, 15, 18, or 20 minutes.
  • the size of the target sequence in these assays, for purposes of calculating the efficiency may be, for example, from about 20 to about 40 nucleotides, from 20 to 30 nucleotides, or, for example, from about 20 to about 33 nucleotides.
  • the time of the reaction is calculated from the time that all of the reaction products are present in the same vessel, container, or the like, so that the amplification reaction may start, to the time that heat is applied or chemical agents are added to stop the reaction.
  • methods for amplifying a single- stranded nucleic acid target sequence comprising contacting a target nucleic acid comprising a single-stranded target sequence with a reverse template, wherein the reverse template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of the recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of the nicking enzyme binding site and the nicking site; providing a first nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of the reverse template, and does not nick within the target sequence; providing a DNA polymerase under conditions wherein the polymerase extends the reverse template along the target sequence; contacting the extended reverse template with a forward template, wherein the forward template comprises a recognition region at the 3 'end that is identical to the 5'end of the target sequence a nicking enzyme binding site and a
  • about 10 7 (IE +07) copies are produced in 10 minutes.
  • the time to produce the same amount of copies may be increased to about, for example, 12, 14, 15, 18, or 20 minutes.
  • the size of the target sequence in these assays, for purposes of calculating the efficiency may be, for example, from about 20 to about 40 nucleotides, or, for example, from about 20 to about 33 nucleotides.
  • the time of the reaction is calculated from the time that all of the reaction products are present in the same vessel, container, or the like, so that the amplification reaction may start.
  • the present methods do not require the use of temperature cycling, as often is required in methods of amplification to dissociate the target sequence from the amplified nucleic acid.
  • the temperature of the reaction may vary based on the length of the sequence, and the GC concentration, but, as understood by those of ordinary skill in the art, the temperature should be high enough to minimize non-specific binding.
  • the temperature should also be suitable for the enzymes of the reaction, the nicking enzyme and the polymerase.
  • the reaction may be run at about 52 0 C, 53 0 C, 54 0 C, 55 0 C, 56 0 C, 57 0 C, 58 0 C, 59 0 C, or 6O 0 C.
  • the reaction is run at about 37°C-85°C, 37 0 C -6O 0 C, 54°C-60°C, 55°C-60°C, 58°C-60°C and, in exemplary embodiments, from 56°C-58°C.
  • the entire amplification process, including interacting templates with target nucleic acid is conducted within substantially isothermal conditions, and without a denaturing step (e.g., no significant temperature increase (e.g., no increase in temperature to 90-110 0 C)), in some embodiments of the present methods.
  • methods for amplifying a double stranded nucleic acid target sequence comprising contacting a target DNA molecule comprising a double-stranded target sequence, having a sense strand and an antisense strand, with a forward template and a reverse template, wherein the forward template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence antisense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of the recognition region and a stabilizing region upstream of the nicking enzyme binding site and the nicking site; the reverse template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence sense strand, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of the recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of the nicking enzyme binding site and the nicking site; providing a
  • methods for amplifying a single- stranded nucleic acid target sequence comprising contacting a target nucleic acid comprising a single-stranded target sequence with a reverse template, wherein the reverse template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of the recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of the nicking enzyme binding site and the nicking site; providing a first nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of the reverse template, and does not nick within the target sequence; providing a DNA polymerase under conditions wherein the polymerase extends the reverse template along the target sequence; contacting the extended reverse template with a forward template, wherein the forward template comprises a recognition region at the 3 'end that is identical to the 5'end of the target sequence a nicking enzyme binding site and a
  • Reactions may be allowed to completion, that is, when one of the resources is exhausted. Or, the reaction may be stopped using methods known to those of ordinary skill in the art, such as, for example, heat inactivation, or the addition of EDTA, high salts, or detergents. In exemplary embodiments, where mass spectrometry is to be used following amplification, EDTA may be used to stop the reaction.
  • concentrations of components for the reaction conditions in this example are as follows:
  • buffer conditions MgSO 4 concentration, polymerase concentration, and template concentrations all can be optimized based on the assay sequence and desired detection method.
  • the amount of glycerol may, for example, be lowered if a more concentrated enzyme stock is used.
  • the concentration of Mg 2+ ions added as a reactant is about 9mM to about 25 mM, about 9mM to 21 mM, about 9 to 21 mM, about 9 to 20 mM, about 9 to 15 mM, and, in exemplary embodiments, about 1OmM to about 18 mM, about 1OmM to about 25 mM, about 1OmM to 21 mM, about 12 to 21 mM, about 10 to 20 mM, about 10 to 15 mM, about 10.3 mM to about 20 mM, about 10.3 mM to about 14.9 mM, or about 15 mM, for example.
  • reaction may be run without EDTA or BSA; these components may be present in the reaction as part of the storage buffers for the enzymes.
  • the volumes can be scaled for larger or smaller total reaction volumes.
  • the volume is usually between 5 ⁇ L and 100 ⁇ L.
  • the template concentrations are typically in excess of the concentration of target.
  • the concentrations of the forward and reverse templates can be at the same or at different concentrations to bias the amplification of one product over the other.
  • the concentration of each is usually between 10 nM and l ⁇ M.
  • Additives such as BSA, non-ionic detergents such as Triton X-100 or Tween-20, DMSO, DTT, and RNase inhibitor may be included for optimization purposes without adversely affecting the amplification reaction.
  • Targets may be diluted in 1 x Thermopol Buffer II, 1 x TE (pH 7.5) or H 2 O. Hot start conditions allow for faster, more specific amplification.
  • the reaction mix (minus either enzymes or templates and target) is heated to the reaction temperature for 2 minutes, after which the reaction mix is added to the other component (enzymes or templates/target).
  • the target can be added in any volume up to the total amount of water required in the reaction. In this case, the target would be diluted in water. In the example above for a 50 microliter total reaction volume, 2.5 microliters of the prepared target should be added per reaction to bring the total reaction volume to 50 microliters. Reaction volumes of the present methods can be increased or decreased, depending on the needs of the user.
  • Reaction volumes of, for example, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50 microliters or more, or larger reaction volumes of, for example, 75, 100, 150, 200, 300, 400, 500 microliters, for example, may be used in the present methods.
  • the reaction is run at a constant temperature, usually between 54°C and 60 0 C for the enzyme combination of Bst polymerase (large fragment) and Nt.Bst.NBl nicking enzyme.
  • Other enzyme combinations may be used and the optimal reaction temperature will be based on the optimal temperature for both the nicking enzyme and polymerase to work in concert as well as the melting temperature of the reaction products.
  • the reaction is held at temperature for 2.5 to 10 minutes, for example, until the desired amount of amplification is achieved.
  • the reaction may be stopped by either a heat inactivation step to inactivate the enzymes (when using enzymes that can be heat-killed). Alternatively, the reaction may be stopped by adding EDTA to the reaction.
  • the amplified target sequence may be detected by any method known to one of ordinary skill in the art. By way of non-limiting example, several of these known methods are presented herein.
  • amplified products may be detected by gel electrophoresis, thus detecting reaction products having a specific length.
  • the nucleotides may, for example, be labeled, such as, for example, with biotin.
  • Biotin-labeled amplified sequences may be captured using avidin bound to a signal generating enzyme, for example, peroxidase.
  • Nucleic acid detection methods may employ the use of dyes that specifically stain double-stranded DNA. Intercalating dyes that exhibit enhanced fluorescence upon binding to DNA or RNA are a basic tool in molecular and cell biology.
  • Dyes may be, for example, DNA or RNA intercalating fluorophores and may include but are not limited to the following examples: Acridine orange, ethidium bromide, Hoechst dyes, PicoGreen, propidium iodide, SYBR I (an asymmetrical cyanine dye), SYBR II, TOTO (a thiaxole orange dimer) and YOYO (an oxazole yellow dimer), and the like. Dyes provide an opportunity for increasing the sensitivity of nucleic acid detection when used in conjunction with various detection methods and may have varying optimal usage parameters.
  • ethidium bromide is commonly used to stain DNA in agarose gels after gel electrophoresis and during PCR (Hiquchi et al, Nature Biotechnology 10; 413-417, April 1992)
  • propidium iodide and Hoechst 33258 are used in flow cytometry to determine DNA ploidy of cells
  • SYBR Green 1 has been used in the analysis of double- stranded DNA by capillary electrophoresis with laser induced fluorescence detection
  • Pico Green has been used to enhance the detection of double-stranded DNA after matched ion pair polynucleotide chromatography (Singer et al., Analytical Biochemistry 249, 229- 238 1997).
  • Nucleic acid detection methods may also employ the use of labeled nucleotides incorporated directly into the target sequence or into probes containing complementary or substantially complementary sequences to the target of interest. Such labels may be radioactive and/or fluorescent in nature and can be resolved in any of the manners discussed herein. Labeled nucleotides, which can be detected but otherwise function as native nucleotides, are to be distinguished from modified nucleotides, which do not function as native nucleotides. Methods of detecting and/or continuously monitoring the amplification of nucleic acid products are also well known to those skilled in the art and several examples are described below.
  • Molecular Beacons are hair-pin shaped oligonucleotides containing a fluorophore on one end and a quenching dye on the opposite end.
  • the loop of the hair-pin contains a probe sequence that is complementary or substantially complementary to a target sequence and the stem is formed by annealing of complementary or substantially complementary arm sequences located on either side of the probe sequence.
  • a fluorophore and a quenching molecule are covalently linked at opposite ends of each arm.
  • the fluorescent and quenching molecules are proximal to one another preventing fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET).
  • FRET fluorescence resonance energy transfer
  • the molecular beacon encounters a target molecule, hybridization occurs; the loop structure is converted to a stable more rigid conformation causing separation of the fluorophore and quencher molecules leading to fluorescence (Tyagi et al. Nature Biotechnology 14: March 1996, 303-308). Due to the specificity of the probe, the generation of fluorescence is exclusively due to the synthesis of the intended amplified product.
  • Molecular beacons are extraordinarily specific and can discern a single nucleotide polymorphism.
  • Molecular beacons can also be synthesized with different colored fluorophores and different target sequences, enabling several products in the same reaction to be quantified simultaneously.
  • molecular beacons can specifically bind to the amplified target following each cycle of amplification, and because non-hybridized molecular beacons are dark, it is not necessary to isolate the probe-target hybrids to quantitatively determine the amount of amplified product. The resulting signal is proportional to the amount of amplified product. This can be done in real time. As with other real time formats, the specific reaction conditions must be optimized for each primer/probe set to ensure accuracy and precision.
  • FRET Fluorescence resonance energy transfer
  • FRET is an energy transfer mechanism between two chromophores: a donor and an acceptor molecule. Briefly, a donor fluorophore molecule is excited at a specific excitation wavelength. The subsequent emission from the donor molecule as it returns to its ground state may transfer excitation energy to the acceptor molecule through a long range dipole- dipole interaction. The intensity of the emission of the acceptor molecule can be monitored and is a function of the distance between the donor and the acceptor, the overlap of the donor emission spectrum and the acceptor absorption spectrum and the orientation of the donor emission dipole moment and the acceptor absorption dipole moment.
  • FRET Fluorescence Spectroscopy
  • Mass Spectrometry is an analytical technique that may be used to determine the structure and quantity of the target nucleic acid species and can be used to provide rapid analysis of complex mixtures. Following the method, samples are ionized, the resulting ions separated in electric and/or magnetic fields according to their mass-to-charge ratio, and a detector measures the mass- to-charge ratio of ions. (Crain, P. F. and McCloskey, J. A., Current Opinion in Biotechnology 9: 25-34 (1998)). Mass spectrometry methods include, for example, MALDI, MALDI/TOF, or Electrospray.
  • MS has been applied to the sequence determination of DNA and RNA oligonucleotides (Limbach P., MassSpectrom. Rev. 15: 297-336 (1996); Murray K., J. Mass Spectrom. 31 : 1203-1215 (1996)).
  • MS and more particularly, matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization MS (MALDI MS) has the potential of very high throughput due to high-speed signal acquisition and automated analysis off solid surfaces. It has been pointed out that MS, in addition to saving time, measures an intrinsic property of the molecules, and therefore yields a significantly more informative signal (Koster H. et al., Nature Biotechnol., 14: 1123-1128 (1996)).
  • Gel electrophoresis involves the separation of nucleic acids through a matrix, generally a cross-linked polymer, using an electromotive force that pulls the molecules through the matrix. Molecules move through the matrix at different rates causing a separation between products that can be visualized and interpreted via any one of a number of methods including but not limited to; autoradiography, phosphorimaging, and staining with nucleic acid chelating dyes.
  • the production or presence of target nucleic acids and nucleic acid sequences may also be detected and monitored by capillary gel electrophoresis.
  • Capillary-gel electrophoresis The production or presence of target nucleic acids and nucleic acid sequences may also be detected and monitored by capillary gel electrophoresis.
  • Electrophoresis is a combination of traditional gel electrophoresis and liquid chromatography that employs a medium such as polyacrylamide in a narrow bore capillary to generate fast, high-efficient separations of nucleic acid molecules with up to single base resolution.
  • CGE is commonly combined with laser induced fluorescence (LIF) detection where as few as six molecules of stained DNA can be detected.
  • LIF detection generally involves the use of fluorescent DNA intercalating dyes including ethidium bromide, YOYO and SYBR Green 1 but can also involve the use of fluorescent DNA derivatives where the fluorescent dye is covalently bound to the DNA. Simultaneous identification of several different target sequences can be made using this method.
  • target nucleic acids and nucleic acid sequences may also be detected and monitored by various surface capture methods. This is accomplished by the immobilization of specific oligonucleotides to a surface producing a biosensor that is both highly sensitive and selective. Surfaces used in this method may include but are not limited to gold and carbon and may use a number of covalent or noncovalent coupling methods to attach the probe to the surface. The subsequent detection of a target DNA can be monitored by a variety of methods.
  • Electrochemical methods generally involve measuring the cathodic peak of intercalators, such as methylene blue, on the DNA probe electrode and visualized with square wave voltammograms. Binding of the target sequence can be observed by a decrease in the magnitude of the voltammetric reduction signals of methylene blue as it interacts with dsDNA and ssDNA differently reflecting the extent of the hybrid formation.
  • intercalators such as methylene blue
  • SPR Surface Plasmon Resonance
  • SPR can also be used to monitor the kinetics of probe attachment as well as the process of target capture.
  • SPR does not require the use of fluorescence probes or other labels.
  • SPR relies on the principle of light being reflected and refracted on an interface of two transparent media of different refractive indexes. Using monochromatic and p-polarized light and two transparent media with an interface comprising a thin layer of gold, total reflection of light is observed beyond a critical angle, however the electromagnetic field component of the light penetrates into the medium of lower refractive index creating an evanescent wave and a sharp shadow (surface plasmon resonance). This is due to the resonance energy transfer between the wave and the surface plasmons.
  • the resonance conditions are influenced by the material absorbed on the thin metal film and nucleic acid molecules, proteins and sugars concentrations are able to be measured based on the relation between resonance units and mass concentration.
  • the production or presence of target nucleic acids and nucleic acid sequences may also be detected and monitored by lateral flow devices.
  • Lateral Flow devices are well known. These devices generally include a solid phase fluid permeable flow path through which fluid flows through by capillary force. Examples include, but are not limited to, dipstick assays and thin layer chromatographic plates with various appropriate coatings. Immobilized on the flow path are various binding reagents for the sample, binding partners or conjugates involving binding partners for the sample and signal producing systems.
  • Detection of samples can be achieved in several manners; enzymatic detection, nanoparticle detection, colorimetric detection, and fluorescence detection, for example.
  • Enzymatic detection may involve enzyme-labeled probes that are hybridized to complementary or substantially complementary nucleic aid targets on the surface of the lateral flow device. The resulting complex can be treated with appropriate markers to develop a readable signal.
  • Nanoparticle detection involves bead technology that may use colloidal gold, latex and paramagnetic nanoparticles. In one example, beads may be conjugated to an anti-biotin antibody.
  • Target sequences may be directly biotinylated, or target sequences may be hybridized to a sequence specific biotinylated probes.
  • Fluorescence-based lateral flow detection methods are also known, for example, dual fluorescein and biotin-labeled oligo probe methods, UPT-NALF utilizing up- converting phosphor reporters composed of lanthanide elements embedded in a crystal (Corstjens et al., Clinical Chemistry, 47: 10, 1885-1893, 2001), as well as the use of quantum dots. Nucleic acids can also be captured on lateral flow devices. Means of capture may include antibody dependent and antibody independent methods.
  • Antibody-dependent capture generally comprises an antibody capture line and a labeled probe that is complementary or substantially complementary sequence to the target.
  • Antibody- independent capture generally uses non-covalent interactions between two binding partners, for example, the high affinity and irreversible linkage between a biotinylated probe and a streptavidin line. Capture probes may be immobilized directly on lateral flow membranes. Both antibody dependent and antibody independent methods may be used in multiplexing.
  • target nucleic acids and nucleic acid sequences may also be detected and monitored by multiplex DNA sequencing.
  • Multiplex DNA sequencing is a means of identifying target DNA sequences from a pool of DNA. The technique allows for the simultaneous processing of many sequencing templates. Pooled multiple templates can be resolved into individual sequences at the completion of processing. Briefly, DNA molecules are pooled, amplified and chemically fragmented. Products are fractionated by size on sequencing gels and transferred to nylon membranes. The membranes are probed and autoradiographed using methods similar to those used in standard DNA sequencing techniques (Church et al., Science 1998 Apr 8;240(4849): 185- 188). Autoradiographs can be evaluated and the presence of target nucleic acid sequence can be quantified.
  • Kits used for the present methods may comprise, for example, one or more polymerases, forward and reverse templates, and one or more nicking enzymes, as described herein. Where one target is to be amplified, one or two nicking enzymes may be included in the kit. Where multiple target sequences are to be amplified, and the templates designed for those target sequences comprise the nicking enzyme binding sites for the same nicking enzyme, then one or two nicking enzymes may be included. Or, where the templates are recognized by different nicking enzymes, more nicking enzymes may be included in the kit, such as, for example, 3 or more.
  • kits used for the present methods may also comprise one or more of the components in any number of separate containers, packets, tubes, vials, microtiter plates and the like, or the components may be combined in various combinations in such containers.
  • the components of the kit may, for example, be present in one or more containers, for example, all of the components may be in one container, or, for example, the enzymes may be in a separate container from the templates.
  • the components may, for example, be lyophilized, freeze dried, or in a stable buffer.
  • the polymerase and nicking enzymes are in lyophilized form in a single container, and the templates are either lyophilized, freeze dried, or in buffer, in a different container.
  • the polymerase, nicking enzymes, and the templates are, in lyophilized form, in a single container.
  • the polymerase and the nicking enzyme may be separated into different containers.
  • Kits may further comprise, for example, dNTPs used in the reaction, or modified nucleotides, cuvettes or other containers used for the reaction, or a vial of water or buffer for re-hydrating lyophilized components.
  • the buffer used may, for example, be appropriate for both polymerase and nicking enzyme activity.
  • kits used for the present methods may also comprise instructions for performing one or more methods described herein and/or a description of one or more compositions or reagents described herein. Instructions and/or descriptions may be in printed form and may be included in a kit insert. A kit also may include a written description of an Internet location that provides such instructions or descriptions.
  • Kits may further comprise reagents used for detection methods, such as, for example, reagents used for FRET, lateral flow devices, dipsticks, fluorescent dye, colloidal gold particles, latex particles, a molecular beacon, or polystyrene beads.
  • reagents used for detection methods such as, for example, reagents used for FRET, lateral flow devices, dipsticks, fluorescent dye, colloidal gold particles, latex particles, a molecular beacon, or polystyrene beads.
  • nucleotide sequence amplification comprises: combining a target nucleic acid having a target nucleotide sequence with (i) a polymerase, (ii) a first template nucleic acid that hybridizes to the a first strand of the target nucleotide sequence, and (iii) a second template nucleic acid that hybridizes to the complement of the first strand of the target nucleotide sequence, in an amplification reaction, under conditions in which the polymerase extends the template nucleic acids, thereby generating extended template nucleic acid amplicons; wherein:the target nucleotide sequence is between 20 and 40 nucleotides in length; the target nucleotide sequence is amplified lE+6-fold or more in about ten minutes;
  • a method for nucleotide sequence amplification which comprises: combining a target nucleic acid having a target nucleotide sequence with (i) a polymerase, (ii) a first template nucleic acid that hybridizes to the a first strand of the target nucleotide sequence, and (iii) a second template nucleic acid that hybridizes to the complement of the first strand of the target nucleotide sequence, in an amplification reaction, under conditions in which the polymerase extends the template nucleic acids, thereby generating extended template nucleic acid amplicons; wherein:the target nucleotide sequence is between 20 and 40 nucleotides in length; the first template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a first template recognition region at the 3 ' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the first strand of the target nucleotide sequence; the second template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising a second template recognition region at the 3'
  • a method for nucleotide sequence amplification which comprises: combining a target nucleic acid having a target nucleotide sequence with (i) a polymerase, (ii) a first template nucleic acid that hybridizes to the a first strand of the target nucleotide sequence, and (iii) a second template nucleic acid that hybridizes to the complement of the first strand of the target nucleotide sequence, in an amplification reaction, under conditions in which the polymerase extends the template nucleic acids, thereby generating extended template nucleic acid amplicons; wherein: the first template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a first template recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the first strand of the target nucleotide sequence, wherein the recognition region is 8-15 nucleotides long; the second template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising a second template recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary
  • the first template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a first template recognition region at the 3 ' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the first strand of the target nucleotide sequence; and the second template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising a second template recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the complement of the first strand of the target nucleotide sequence.
  • the target nucleotide sequence comprises from 1 to 5 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of the first template recognition region and the second template recognition region.
  • the first template and second templates comprise nicking enzyme binding sites and nicking sites upstream of the recognition regions
  • the amplification reaction further comprises one or more nicking enzymes that are capable of nicking at the nicking site of said forward and said reverse templates, wherein either one nicking enzyme is capable of nicking both of said templates, or each template is capable of being nicked by at least one of the nicking enzymes, and wherein said one or more nicking enzymes do not nick within said target sequence.
  • the target nucleotide sequence comprises 1 nucleotide more than the sum of the nucleotides of the first template recognition region and the second template recognition region. In other embodiments, the target nucleotide sequence comprises 2 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of the first template recognition region and the second template recognition region. In yet other embodiments, the target nucleotide sequence comprises 3 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of the first template recognition region and the second template recognition region.
  • the target nucleic acid is double stranded or single stranded. In certain aspects, the target nucleic acid is double-stranded DNA. In other aspects, the target nucleic acid is single-stranded DNA. In yet other aspects, the target nucleic acid is RNA.
  • the target nucleic acid may be, for example, selected from the group consisting of genomic DNA, plasmid DNA, viral DNA, mitochondrial DNA, and synthetic double-stranded DNA.
  • the target nucleic acid may be, for example, selected from the group consisting of viral DNA, cDNA, and synthetic single-stranded DNA.
  • the target nucleic acid may be, for example, selected from the group consisting of messenger RNA, viral RNA, ribosomal RNA, transfer RNA, micro RNA, micro RNA precursor, and synthetic RNA.
  • the DNA polymerase may be, for example, a thermophilic polymerase.
  • the polymerase may, for example, be selected from the group consisting of Bst (large fragment), 9 0 N, Vent R ® (exo-) DNA Polymerase, Therminator, and Therminator II.
  • the polymerase is Bst (large fragment).
  • the first and second templates comprise nicking enzyme binding sites recognized by the same nicking enzyme and said first and said second nicking enzyme are the same.
  • the nicking enzymes may be, for example, selected from the group consisting of NtBspQI, Nb.BbvCi, Nb.Bsml, Nb.BsrDI, Nb.BtsI, Nt.AlwI, NtBbvCI, NtBstNBI, Nt.CviPII, Nb.BpulOI, and Nt.BpulOI.
  • the portion of the nucleic acid sequence of the first strand that is complementary or substantially complementary to the first strand of the target nucleotide sequence is 8-15 nucleotides in length and wherein the portion of the second strand that is complementary or substantially complementary to the target nucleotide sequence is 8-15 nucleotides in length.
  • the first template is provided at the same concentration as the second template.
  • one of the first or second templates is provided at a ratio to the other template at the range of ratios of 1: 100 to 100: 1.
  • the reactions of the present methods may further comprise a second polymerase.
  • at least one of the first or second polymerases comprises reverse transcriptase activity.
  • the amplification is conducted between 54°C and 60 0 C. In other embodiments, the amplification is conducted between 56°C and 58°C. In certain embodiments, wherein the amplification reaction is held at a constant temperature for 1 to 10 minutes. In other embodiments, the amplification reaction is held at a constant temperature for 1 to 20 minutes.
  • the present method may further comprise detecting the amplification product.
  • the amplification product is detected by detection method selected from the group consisting of gel electrophoresis, mass spectrometry, SYBR I fluorescence, SYBR II fluorescence, SYBR Gold, Pico Green, TOTO-3, intercalating dye detection, fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET), molecular beacon detection, surface capture, capillary electrophoresis, incorporation of labeled nucleotides to allow detection by capture, fluorescence polarization, and lateral flow capture.
  • At least two target sequences are capable of being amplified.
  • the amplification products are detected on a solid surface.
  • at least one capture probe is immobilized on a solid surface.
  • at least one of said templates comprises a spacer, blocking group, or a modified nucleotide.
  • the target nucleotide sequence is amplified lE+6-fold or more in about five minutes. In other embodiments, the target nucleotide sequence is amplified lE+6-fold or more in about 2.5 minutes. In other embodiments, the target nucleotide sequence is amplified lE+7-fold or more in about five minutes. In other embodiments, the target nucleotide sequence is amplified lE+8-fold or more in about five minutes. In yet other embodiments, wherein the target nucleotide sequence is amplified lE+9-fold or more in about five minutes.
  • the present methods also include a method for amplifying a double-stranded nucleic acid target sequence, comprising contacting a target DNA molecule comprising a double- stranded target sequence, having a sense strand and an antisense strand, with a forward template and a reverse template, wherein said forward template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence antisense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site, wherein the portion of the nucleic acid sequence that is complementary to the 3' end of the target antisense strand is 8-15 nucleotides in length; said reverse template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence sense strand, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region, and a stabilizing
  • a method for amplifying a single-stranded nucleic acid target sequence comprising contacting a target nucleic acid comprising a single-stranded target sequence with a reverse template, wherein said reverse template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site, wherein the portion of the nucleic acid sequence that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence is 8-15 nucleotides in length; providing a first nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said reverse template, and does not nick within said target sequence; providing a DNA polymerase under conditions wherein said polymerase extends said reverse template along said target sequence; contacting said extended reverse template with a forward template, wherein said forward template comprises a recognition region at the 3 'end that is complementary to the 3
  • the DNA polymerase is a thermophilic polymerase.
  • the polymerase may be selected from the group consisting of Bst (large fragment), 9 0 N, Vent R ® (exo-) DNA Polymerase, Therminator, and Therminator II.
  • the polymerase is Bst(large fragment).
  • the nicking enzymes nick downstream of the nicking enzyme binding site.
  • the forward and reverse templates comprise nicking enzyme binding sites recognized by the same nicking enzyme and said first and said second nicking enzymes are the same.
  • the nicking enzymes are selected from the group consisting of NtBspQI, Nb.BbvCi, Nb.Bsml, Nb.BsrDI, Nb.BtsI, Nt.AlwI, NtBbvCI, NtBstNBI, Nt.CviPII, Nb.BpulOI, and Nt.BpulOI.
  • the target sequence comprises from
  • the target sequence comprises 1 nucleotide more than the sum of the nucleotides of said forward template recognition region and said reverse template recognition region. In other embodiments, the target sequence comprises 2 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of said forward template recognition region and said reverse template recognition region.
  • the target DNA molecule is selected from the group consisting of genomic DNA, plasmid, mitochondrial, and viral DNA.
  • the target nucleic acid is selected from the group consisting of viral DNA, messenger RNA, microRNA, and microRNA precursors.
  • the forward template is provided at the same concentration as the reverse template.
  • one of the forward or reverse templates is provided at a ratio to the other template at the range of ratios of 1: 100 to 100: 1
  • the present method further comprises a second polymerase.
  • at least one of the polymerases may comprise reverse transcriptase activity.
  • the amplification is conducted between 54°C and 60 0 C. In other aspects, the amplification reaction is held at a constant temperature for 1 to 10 minutes.
  • the present method may further comprise detecting the amplification product.
  • the amplification product may be detected by a method selected from the group consisting of gel electrophoresis, mass spectrometry, SYBR I fluorescence, SYBR II fluorescence, SYBR Gold, Pico Green, TOTO-3, intercalating dye detection, FRET, molecular beacon detection, surface capture, capillary electrophoresis, incorporation of labeled nucleotides to allow detection by capture, fluorescence polarization, and lateral flow capture.
  • At least two target sequences are capable of being amplified.
  • the amplification products are detected on a solid surface.
  • at least one capture probe is immobilized on a solid surface.
  • at least one of said templates comprises a spacer, blocking group, or a modified nucleotide.
  • the present methods also include a method for amplifying a double-stranded nucleic acid target sequence, comprising contacting a target DNA molecule comprising a double-stranded target sequence, having a sense strand and an antisense strand, with a forward template and a reverse template, wherein said forward template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence antisense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site; said reverse template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence sense strand, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site; and said target sequence comprises from 1 to 5 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of said
  • a method for amplifying a single-stranded nucleic acid target sequence comprising contacting a target nucleic acid comprising a single-stranded target sequence with a reverse template, wherein said reverse template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site, wherein the portion of the nucleic acid sequence that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence is 8-15 nucleotides in length; providing a first nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said reverse template, and does not nick within said target sequence; providing a DNA polymerase under conditions wherein said polymerase extends said reverse template along said target sequence; contacting said extended reverse template with a forward template, wherein said forward template comprises a recognition region at the 3 'end that is complementary to the 3
  • the target sequence comprises 1 nucleotide more than the sum of the nucleotides of said forward template recognition region and said reverse template recognition region. In other embodiments, the target sequence comprises 2 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of said forward template recognition region and said reverse template recognition region. In other embodiments, the target sequence comprises 3 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of said forward template recognition region and said reverse template recognition region.
  • a method for amplifying a double-stranded nucleic acid target sequence comprising contacting a target DNA molecule comprising a double-stranded target sequence, having a sense strand and an antisense strand, with a forward template and a reverse template, wherein said forward template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence antisense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site; said reverse template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence sense strand, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site; providing a first nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said forward template, and does not
  • Also provided is method for amplifying a double-stranded nucleic acid target sequence comprising contacting a target DNA molecule comprising a double-stranded target sequence, having a sense strand and an antisense strand, with a forward template and a reverse template, wherein said forward template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence antisense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site; said reverse template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence sense strand, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site; providing a first nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking upstream, downstream, or at the nicking site of said forward template, and does
  • a method for amplifying a double-stranded nucleic acid target sequence comprising contacting a target DNA molecule comprising a double-stranded target sequence, having a sense strand and an antisense strand, with a forward template and a reverse template, wherein said forward template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence antisense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site; said reverse template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence sense strand, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site; providing a first nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said forward template, and does not
  • the present method also provides a method for amplifying a double-stranded nucleic acid target sequence, comprising contacting a target DNA molecule comprising a double-stranded target sequence, having a sense strand and an antisense strand, with a forward template and a reverse template, wherein said forward template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence antisense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site, wherein the portion of the nucleic acid sequence that is complementary to the 3' end of the target antisense strand is 8-15 nucleotides in length; said reverse template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence sense strand, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region, and a stabilizing region
  • kits for amplifying a nucleic acid target sequence comprising a DNA polymerase; a first template for nucleic acid amplification, comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of a target sequence sense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region; and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site, wherein the portion of the nucleic acid sequence that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence sense strand is 8-15 nucleotides in length; a second template for nucleic acid amplification, comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the complement of the target sequence sense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region; and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site, wherein the portion of the nucleic acid sequence that is complementary to the 3' end of the complement of the target sequence sense strand is 8-15 nucle
  • the target sequence comprises from 1 to 5 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of said first template recognition region and said second template recognition region.
  • the polymerase, nicking enzymes, and templates are in a container. In certain embodiments, the polymerase, nicking enzymes, and templates are in two containers. In other embodiments, the polymerase and nicking enzymes are in a first container, and said templates are in a second container. In some aspects, the polymerase, nicking enzymes, and templates are lyophilized.
  • the kits further comprise instructions for following the method of amplification. The kits may further comprise a cuvette. Or, for example, the kits may further comprise a lateral flow device or dipstick.
  • the lateral flow device or dipstick further comprises a capture probe.
  • the kit further comprises a detector component selected from the group consisting of a fluorescent dye, colloidal gold particles, latex particles, a molecular beacon, and polystyrene beads.
  • at least one of said templates comprises a spacer, blocking group, or a modified nucleotide.
  • kits for amplifying a nucleic acid target sequence comprising a DNA polymerase; a first template for nucleic acid amplification, comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of a target sequence sense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region; and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site; a second template for nucleic acid amplification, comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the complement of the target sequence sense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region; and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site, wherein said target sequence comprises from 1 to 5 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of said first template recognition region and said second template recognition region; and one or two thermostable nicking enzymes, wherein either one enzyme is capable of nicking at the nicking site
  • the portion of the nucleic acid sequence of the first template that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence sense strand is 8-15 nucleotides in length
  • the portion of the nucleic acid sequence of the second template that is complementary to the 3' end of the complement of the target sequence sense strand is 8-15 nucleotides in length.
  • the polymerase, nicking enzymes, and templates are in two containers.
  • the polymerase and nicking enzymes are in a first container, and said templates are in a second container.
  • the polymerase, nicking enzymes, and templates are lyophilized.
  • the kits further comprise instructions for following the method of amplification.
  • kits may further comprise a cuvette.
  • the kits may further comprise a lateral flow device or dipstick.
  • the lateral flow device or dipstick further comprises a capture probe.
  • the kit further comprises a detector component selected from the group consisting of a fluorescent dye, colloidal gold particles, latex particles, a molecular beacon, and polystyrene beads.
  • at least one of said templates comprises a spacer, blocking group, or a modified nucleotide.
  • This example provides an example of a typical DNA wet assay of the present method. Those of ordinary skill in the art understand that numerous modifications may be made to the volumes and format of the reaction, the length of time that the assay is conducted, and the amounts of each reactant.
  • Two 96-well microtiter plates are used to set up "wet” assays, a Template/Target plate and a Master Mix plate.
  • 5 microliters of templates are aliquoted into appropriate wells on the Template Target plate.
  • 5 microliters of dH 2 O are added.
  • a reagent master mix is created by combining buffer, salt, dNTPs, enzymes, and dH 2 O together in a single tube, using appropriate volumes of each based on the number of samples being tested (see Table within this Example).
  • Both the Template/Target plate and Master Mix plate are incubated for 2-3 minutes at assay temperature (for example, at 56 ° C, 57C, or 58 ° C, using thermal cyclers.
  • the thermal sealant is removed from both plates.
  • 40 microliters of reagent master mix from the Master Mix plate wells is transferred to the appropriate wells on the Template/Target plate, and the Template/Target plate is resealed with thermal sealant.
  • the samples are incubated for 5-10 minutes at assay temperature.
  • the time for the reaction is calculated from the time that the incubation starts, immediately after the reagent master mix if transferred to the wells on the Template/Target plate, the plate is sealed, and placed in the thermocycler. Reactions are stopped by adding SDS to 0.1% or greater, or by incubating the samples for 2 minutes at 80 ° C.
  • 3-5 microliters of 5 micromolar molecular beacon is added to each well and mixed by pipetting up and down several times.
  • a fluorescence read is performed at the appropriate wavelength based on the fluorophone present on the molecular beacon, at assay temperature, following a 1 minute incubation
  • 5X IB2 buffer consists of: 25OmM Tris-HCl (pH8.0) 75mM (NH 4 ) 2 SO 4 75mM Na 2 SO 4 5OmM MgSO 4 5mM DTT 0.5% Triton X-IOO
  • a typical reaction does not have a standard target concentration, but target copy per reaction may range from 10-50 at the lower end, for example, to 1E+6 copies in the upper end, for example, or more.
  • target copy per reaction may range from 10-50 at the lower end, for example, to 1E+6 copies in the upper end, for example, or more.
  • a 50 microliter assay with 10 copies of target is 3.32e-13 micromolar, where a 50 microliter assay with 50 copies of target is 1.66e-12 micromolar and a 50 microliter assay with Ie6 copies of target is 3.32e-8 micromolar.
  • the target sample may consist of, for example, purified DNA or RNA, that has been resuspended in dH2O or TE, or sample that has not been purified.
  • endocervical swab clinical samples were collected, and sample was eluted and lysed from the swabs using Pierce's Lyse-N-Go PCR reagent (Cat # 78882).
  • Lyse-N-Go is a proprietary formulation that is non-ionic detergent based. Aliquots of each eluted/lysed sample were then added directly to assays, and the results indicate no loss of assay activity. Assays have also been conducted using clinical samples that were collected in viral transport media (VTM), either M4 or M5.
  • VTM viral transport media
  • VTM The samples collected in VTM were mixed with Pierce's Lyse-N-Go PCR reagent to lyse the target cells, and subsequently aliquots of these samples were added to assays without loss of activity. Finally, the assay has been conducted in the presence of various potential inhibitors, such as sand, soil, clay, urine and serum, and each of these inhibitors was well tolerated.
  • the amplification reaction products can be visualized by gel electrophoresis.
  • the templates with complementary or substantially complementary 3' bases
  • polymerase extends in each direction to generate the NEARTM amplification duplex ( Figure IB); and the amplification proceeds in a similar mechanism to the NEAR TM amplification to amplify a product that is two bases shorter than the target amplified product.
  • the resulting background product is 23 bases.
  • the 27mer assay also forms a 23mer background and 27mer product. Longer reaction products are also amplified.
  • the reaction of the present method can also amplify RNA targets.
  • the target is Ebola Armored RNA, which is a -600 base strand of RNA encapsulated by MS2 phage coat proteins to simulate a viral particle.
  • the reaction is designed to amplify a 25- base region of the Ebola genome contained within the encapsulated RNA sequence.
  • Reaction products run on a 20% polyacrylamide gel ( Figure 3) show the amplified 25mer product along with 23mer and 20mer background products. This example demonstrates the ability of the reaction to amplify RNA released from virus-like particles.
  • Example 4 Detection of DNA and RNA assay products by mass spectrometry
  • the reaction amplification products of the present methods can also be detected by mass spectrometry using an ESI/TOF system with a front end LC.
  • the reaction products observed are multiple charged ion species.
  • the -3 or -4 charge state is the major peak in the spectrum (in the range of 1000-3000 AMU), depending on the length of the oligonucleotide product.
  • the sodium adduct is usually present in the spectrum as a peak adjacent to the major peak at roughly 20-25% the intensity.
  • the unique peaks for the positive reactions in the presence of target are visible in both Figures 4 and 5 for the DNA and RNA reactions respectively.
  • the background products formed in these reactions are not shown in the mass range of these spectra.
  • the amplification reaction of the present method can also be monitored, as shown in Figure 6, in real-time with SYBR II fluorescence.
  • the fluorescence increases as SYBR II intercalates into the amplified double-stranded products.
  • the background products also generate fluorescence at a slower rate than the true product. Optimization of amplification sequence, reaction temperature and reaction buffer conditions are necessary in order to visualize distinct separation between the positive reactions and the negative controls.
  • NEAR TM amplification can also be monitored by Fluorescence Resonance Energy Transfer (FRET), as shown in Figure 7.
  • FRET Fluorescence Resonance Energy Transfer
  • Amplification occurs using dual labeled templates, one on each end (5'-FAM, 3'-BHQ). Fluorescence is generated from the FAM-labeled oligonucleotide upon cleavage of the template by the nicking enzyme when it becomes double-stranded. Since fluorescence is produced by the initial nicking reaction, this detection method is extremely responsive. Since the 3' ends of the templates are blocked from extension by the quenching label, the production of background fluorescence is inhibited.
  • a third method of monitoring real-time amplification is using molecular beacons, as shown in Figure 8.
  • the amplified product hybridizes to the loop region of the molecular beacon resulting in an increase in fluorescence from the separation of the fluorophore and quencher on each end of the hairpin stem. Since this interaction occurs post-amplification, it is considered pseudo-real-time and can be slightly slower in response relative to the FRET approach.
  • the Bacillus subtilis assay was developed to target a 25 nucleotide region of the mobA-nprE gene region, with the sequence 5 ' - TTAACGTCTCTAATTTCAGCTTTTG - 3'.
  • the templates used to amplify this region were, Tl 5' - ATGCATGCATGAGTCACATTTAACGTCTCTA - 3', and T2 5' - ATGCATGCATGAGTCACATCAAAAGCTGAAA - 3'.
  • the assay was carried out essentially as described in Example 1 , and with the modifications here, for 4 minutes at 56°C with 10,000 copies of Bacillus subtilis genomic DNA plus 100,000 copies of Bacillus thuringiensis genomic DNA (True positives), 10,000 copies of Escherichia coli genomic DNA plus 100,000 Bacillus thuringiensis genomic DNA (True negatives) or no target (water control). Aliquots of each sample were then analyzed by electrospray ionization mass spectrometry to determine the amount of specific product made in each reaction using area under the curve (AUC) calculations.
  • AUC area under the curve
  • Example 9 Beacon detection: assay reproducibility with beacon detection
  • the molecular beacon detection of reaction products of the present method can also be used as an endpoint reading.
  • the ratio of reaction products can be manipulated by varying the input ratio of the forward and reverse templates. Skewing the templates to favor one of the reaction products allows the single-stranded product to be available for hybridization to a molecular beacon.
  • the open beacon generates a fluorescent signal.
  • This detection method is extremely reproducible. In this study, two operators performed replicates of the same assay on two different days. The results of this study demonstrate the reproducibility of the assay from one day to the next as well as reproducibility between operators.
  • the sensitivity of the assay with beacon read-out was tested using a dilution of Francisella tularensis genomic DNA. As shown in Figure 11, as few as 50 copies were detected above the no target control.
  • Example 11 Concentration of amplified products for DNA amplification
  • Figure 12 shows signal above the no target control down to 100 copies.
  • the data from this study was used to correlate the input copy number to the final amount of amplified product.
  • the AUC values of the mass spec product peaks were fit to a standard curve to give the estimated final concentration of amplified product for the assay.
  • the amount of amplified product ranges from approximately 25OnM to almost l ⁇ M for 1E+2 and 1E+5 copies respectively. This product amount results in a 1E+8 to 7E+ 10-fold amplification.
  • RNA targets were amplified by the assay of the present method. Products were run on the mass spec and the AUC values of the product peaks were analyzed against a standard curve to determine the concentration of the final product, as shown in Figure 13.
  • a 12 minute amplification starting with 30 and 30,000 copies of initial target results in a 3E+9 to 1E+7 -fold amplification respectively.
  • the lower extent of amplification compared to the DNA amplification could be due to the less efficient reverse transcriptase ability of the polymerase compared to its replication abilities.
  • RNA:DNA hybrid formed upon the extension of the reverse template is a stronger interaction compared to a normal DNA:DNA hybrid and will have less breathing to allow for the forward or another reverse template to displace one strand.
  • amplification products from the RNA reaction were detected down to ⁇ 100 copies.
  • Example 13 NEARTM reaction specificity for DNA Since the reaction products are usually between 20 and 30 bases in length, the question arises as to whether or not these short amplification assays can be specific enough to target a single sequence region with other near neighbor genomes present.
  • the reaction was tested for its specificity by running the amplification reaction in the presence and absence of varying amounts of the near neighbor genomic DNA ( Figure 14). In this case, the assay detects a specific sequence in the pXO2 plasmid of Bacillus anthracis and the near neighbor genome is Bacillus thuringiensis (kurstaki). The reactions were analyzed by the AUC values for the product peaks.
  • Figure 15 demonstrates the robust nature of the assay of the present methodin the presence of interferents. Some interferents that are known to inhibit PCR, such as humic acid, did not appear to inhibit the assay, though the amount of each interferent is unknown. From statistical analysis only interferent B, C, and E were statistically different from the control assay x. In the B, C, and E cases, the difference resulted in increased product amplification.
  • a DNA duplex was designed for capillary electrophoresis (CE) detection.
  • Amplification products were 25 bases (Bacillus anthracis assay, Ba) and 27 bases (Bacillus subtilis assay, Bs) in length with background production of a 23mer.
  • the reaction was run for 10 minutes in the presence or absence of 5E+5 copies of the respective genomic DNA target.
  • the samples were run on a 20% polyacrylamide gel to visualize the reaction products.
  • Figure 16 indicates the presence of positive product amplification when Bacillus subtilis only is present as well as when both Bacillus subtilis and Bacillus anthracis are present.
  • the assays were run in the presence of the near neighbor, Bacillus thuringiensis , as shown in Figure 17.
  • Example 18 Amplification from lysed spores Amplification was performed on semi-processed samples to determine whether it is possible to amplify DNA released from spores through lysis.
  • the negative control reaction contained DNase-treated spores, unlysed, so no DNA should be present to amplify.
  • the positive control reaction contained purified genomic DNA at concentrations around the amount of DNA estimated to be released through lysis. Results in Figure 19 show that amplification with unlysed DNase-treated spores results in no product amplification as expected, whereas the three samples lysed before amplification resulted in product amounts in the range of the theoretical amounts.
  • the reaction products of the present method can also be detected on a solid surface.
  • a capture probe attached at the 5' end to the surface through a biotin/streptavidin attachment can bind to the reaction products from which polymerase extends to form a stable duplex that SYBR and any intercalating dye can detect.
  • the capture probe is designed to favor extension through binding to the true product over background products because the 3' base of the capture probe is complementary to the middle spacer base in the product which is not present in either of the templates or the background products.
  • Figure 20 demonstrates the increased fluorescence of the products in the presence of the capture probe and polymerase over the average binding (same reaction in the absence of polymerase, to preclude extension of the capture probe) and the no target control where only background products are amplified, but cannot form a stable duplex with the capture probe for polymerase to extend.
  • Example 20 Surface NEARTM FRET DNA Assay
  • the reaction of the present method can also be performed with the templates immobilized on the surface.
  • the templates for FRET detection of surface amplification usually have three modifications: one 5' biotin with a TEG spacer, one FAM fluorophore internal to the biotin, and a quencher on the 3' end which serves to block background amplification as well as to quench the FAM fluorophore.
  • the template is immobilized on the surface through biotin/streptavidin attachment.
  • Figure 21 demonstrates that with both templates immobilized along with additional mixing, the reaction proceeds at a much slower rate than the solution amplification rate (amplification in 16 minutes for 1E+6 copies of genomic DNA).
  • Example 21 Healthcare Example Chlamydia trachomatis (Ct) Assay
  • An assay of the present method was performed to detect the presence of a Chlamydia trachomatis (Ct) target sequence.
  • Ct Chlamydia trachomatis
  • a 2-fold dilution series of synthetic DNA containing the target sequence for the Ct P2_2 assay was used to determine the limit of detection of the assay.
  • the reaction was carried out essentially as described in Example 1, with some modifications as described in this example.
  • the dilution series started with 10,000 copies of target DNA, and proceeded to less than 1 copy per reaction.
  • a 'no target' control sample was also included in this experiment.
  • Reactions were performed on a 96- well microtiter plate in 50 microliter volumes in the following buffer: 50 mM Tris-HCl, pH 8.0, 30 mM NaCl, 15 mM (NH 4 ) 2 (SO 2 ), 15 mM Mg 2 SO 4 , 1 mM DTT, 0.1% Triton X- 100 with 0.3 mM dNTPs, 19.2 units of Bst DNA polymerase and 15 units of Nt.BstNBI nicking enzyme. Templates were added at a ratio of 200 nM : 100 nM (Template l :Template 2).
  • Reactions were performed as follows: On plate 1, 5 microliters of template mix was added to each well in a pre-amplification room, and sealed. On plate 2, 40 microliters of master mix was added to each well in a pre-amplification room, and sealed. The master mix consisted of dH 2 O plus all assay components listed above, except templates. The two plates were then transferred to a post-amplification room where 5 microliters of target was added to each well of plate 1 (excluding the 'no target' control wells). The two plates were then transferred to thermal cyclers pre-heated to 56°C for 2 - 3 minute pre-incubations at 56°C. The contents of plate 2 were then transferred to plate 1 which was then incubated for 5 minutes at 56°C (amplification step).
  • the molecular beacon used for fluorescence detection MB 5.18, contained a 5'-FAM fluorophore and 3'-BHQl quencher, with the following sequence: 5'- ctggcTACCGCTTAACTCCATAAgccag-3 ' .
  • the target sequence for the Ct P2_2 assay is 5 'AGGCTTATGGAGTT AAGCGGT ATAA - 3'.
  • Clinical samples such as those collected on endocervical or vaginal swabs, or those collected on swabs and then transferred to viral transport media such as M4 or M5 can be prepared for use in anassay as follows. Each swab is placed into a 1.5 milliliter or 2.0 milliliter eppendorf tube containing 300 microliters to 1 milliliter of Pierce' s Lyse-N-Go PCR reagent (Cat # 78882). The mixture is allowed to incubate at room temperature for 5 - 10 minutes, with occasional mixing.
  • an aliquot of the eluted and lysed sample is then added directly to an assay.
  • an aliquot of the sample can be transferred to an eppendorf tube containing an equal or greater volume of Pierce's Lyse-N-Go PCR reagent (at a sample:Lyse-N-Go ratio of 1: 1, 1 :2, 1 : 10, 1 :20, etc.%) and allowed to incubate at room temperature for 5 - 10 minutes, with occasional mixing.
  • An aliquot of the eluted and lysed sample is then added directly to an assay.
  • Each reaction consisted of: 46 mM Tris buffer pH 8.5; 50 mM NaCl; 10 mM KCl; 10 mM (NH 4 ) 2 SO 4 ; 5 mM MgCl 2 ; 10 mM MgSO 4 ; 0.5 mM dithiothreitol; 0.1% Triton X-100; 0.01 mM EDTA; 0.3 mM each dATP, dCTP, dGTP, and dTTP; 19.2 units Bst DNA polymerase from New England Biolabs, Inc.; 15 units Nt.BstNBI nicking endonuclease from New England Biolabs, Inc.; 200 nM of the first oligonucleotide; and 2 micromolar of the second oligonucleotide.
  • the oligonucleotides and Listeria genomic DNA were incubated separately from the enzyme buffer mixture at 56 0 C, and then 5 microliters of this mixture was added to 45 microliters of enzyme buffer mixture. The reaction was incubated at 56 0 C for 10 minutes, and then 80 0 C for two minutes. After this, 3.2 microliters of a 5 ⁇ M solution of a Molecular Beacon was added to each reaction. The sequence of the Molecular Beacon was specific for the amplified L. monocytogenes sequence with a fluorophore and quencher on the 5' and 3' ends, respectively. Following the addition of the Molecular Beacons, the reactions were incubated at 56 0 C for one minute, and then fluorescence measurements were made.
  • the target sequence for the Listeria monocytogenes assay is 5' - AAAGCAAGAGAAAGTTATCGTGTAT - 3'.
  • the template sequences are as follow: T15' -ATGCATGCATGAGTCACATAAAGCAAGAGAA - 3'and T25' - ATGCATGCATGAGTCACATATACACGATAAC - 3'.
  • Example 23 Viral RNA Example A 10-fold dilution series of purified viral RNA from a viral positive clinical sample was used to determine the limit of detection of the assay. The viral RNA was purified using a commercially available viral RNA purification kit. A 'no target' negative control sample was included.
  • Reactions were performed on 96-well microtiter plates in 50 microliter volumes in the following buffer: 50 mM Tris-HCl, pH 8.0, 30 mM NaCl, 15 mM (NH 4 ) 2 (SO 2 ), 10 mM Mg 2 SO 4 , 1 mM DTT, 0.1% Triton X-IOO with 0.1 mM dNTPs, 19.2 units of Bst DNA polymerase, 7.5 units of Nt.BstNBI nicking enzyme and 4 units of OmniScript reverse transcriptase. Templates were added at a ratio of 400 nM : 20 nM (Template l:Template 2).
  • Reactions were performed as follows: On plate 1, 5 microliters of template mix was added to each well in a pre-amplification room, and sealed. On plate 2, 40 microliters of master mix was added to each well in a pre-amplification room, and sealed. The master mix consisted of water plus all assay components listed above, except templates. The two plates were then transferred to a post-amplification room where 5 microliters of target was added to each well of plate 1 (excluding the 'no target' control wells). The two plates were then transferred to thermal cyclers pre-heated to 56°C for 2 - 3 minute pre-incubations at 56°C. The contents of plate 2 were then transferred to plate 1 which was then incubated for 5 minutes at 56°C (amplification step).
  • the viral RNA assay was performed using two templates (template 1 : 31 nucleotides long, and template 2: 31 nucleotides long) at a 400 nM:20 nM final template concentration.
  • the molecular beacon used for fluorescence detection (MB) contained a 5'-FAM fluorophore and 3'-BHQl quencher, with a 29 nucleotide long sequence. The length of the target sequence was 26 nucleotides.
  • Example 24 Agriculture Application: Detection of Genetically Modified Traits in Crops Assay Sample Preparation for Genetically Modified (GMO) and Conventional (non- GMO) Maize:
  • the assay of the present methods may be used to detect genetically modified organisms (GMO) in agricultural applications.
  • GMO genetically modified organisms
  • Theassay was used to detect the presence of the bar gene, inserted into the maize genome, in a background of unmodified maize DNA.
  • the bar gene confers resistance to the broad-spectrum herbicide glufosinate.
  • the assays were conducted essentially as described in Example 1, with modifications as described herein. Genetically modified and conventional (unmodified) maize seeds were ground to an appropriate level of coarseness, and nucleic acids were extracted using a standard buffer. The extracted material was purified using a size-exclusion column according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • oligonucleotide sequences used to detect the bar gene are listed below.
  • Template 1 ATGCATGCATGAGTCACATCATCGTCAACCA
  • Template 2 ATGCATGCATGAGTCACATTGTCTCGATGTA
  • the templates were designed to produce the following products:
  • the assay reagents used were: 9.6 units of Bst. Polymerase (NEB), 15 units of N.BstNBI nicking enzyme (NEB), 5 microliters Thermopol I Buffer (NEB), 2.5 microliters NEB Buffer 3, 12 mM MgSO 4 , 0.3 mM dNTPs, 2.5% DMSO (dimethyl sulfoxide), 5 microliters sample, templates and water.
  • the oligonucleotides were present at initial concentrations of 10 nM (Template 1) and 100 nM (Template 2).
  • MDA-MB-231 Human breast cancer cells (ATCC number HTB-26) are known to express elevated levels of microRNA-21 (Iorio, M.V. et ah, 2005. MicroRNA gene expression deregulation in human breast cancer. Cancer Res. 65:7065-7070).
  • An assay for miR-21 was developed that detects the mature microRNA-21 sequence:
  • the template sequences used were (nicking enzyme sequences are underlined):
  • Template 1 ATGCATGCATGAGTCACATTAGCTTATCA
  • Template 2 ATGCATGCATGAGTCACATTCAACATCAG
  • the templates were designed to produce the following products:
  • RNA was quantified using UV absorbance at 260 nm.
  • RNA corresponds to approximately 100 cells of starting material.
  • Various amounts of purified RNA were used in an assay comprised of the following reagents: 50 mM Tris- HCl, pH 8.0, 30 mM (NH 4 ) 2 SO 4 , 30 mM Na 2 SO 4 , 1 mM DTT, 0.1% Triton X-100, 10 mM MgSO 4 , 0.1 mM dNTPs, 19.2 units of Bst.
  • An assay of the present method was performed essentially as described in Example 1, using oligo templates designed to bind to a genomic target. Dilution experiments were conducted to determine the lower limit of detection. As shown in Figure 27, there was consistent detection at 50 genome copies. When the diluted sample contained 10 genomic copies, there was detection, however, statistically, the detection was not as consistent.
  • Example 26 depicts a Neisseria gonorrhoeae assay.
  • the assay targets the pilQ gene, specifically the sequence 5' - ACTCTACCAACACGGAACTCAAAAA - 3'.
  • the template sequences used to amplify this target were: Tl 5' - ATGCATGCATGAGTCACATTTTTTGAGTTCC - 3 ' , and T2 5 ' -
  • ATGCATGCATGAGTCACATACTCTACCAACA - 3' was carried out essentially as described in Example 1, with the modifications herein. Briefly, the assay was performed for 5 minutes at 56°C followed by a heat inactivation step at 80°C for 2 minutes to stop the reaction. End point detection of amplified specific product was performed using 300 nanomolar of a molecular beacon containing a 5'-fluorophore and 3 '- quencher that was specific to the amplified specific following a 1 minute incubation at 56°C.
  • the molecular beacon sequence was: 5' - CGCATGGAGTTCCGTGTTGGTAGACATGCG - 3'.
  • Anassay of the present method was performed essentially as described in Example 1, using oligo templates designed to bind to a Bacillis subtilis target sequence, the target was the ppsA gene: Target sequence (25mer) 5' - CCAAGCTCAAAAAAGGAATCGTGAA - 3' T15' -ATGCATGCATGAGTCACATCCAAGCTCAAAA - 3' T25' -ATGCATGCATGAGTCACATTTCACGATTCCT - 3'
  • the linear regression showed an excellent correlation between the amount of the reference oligo added to a sample and area under the curve (AUC).
  • AUC area under the curve
  • Example 28 Effect of Different Spacer Lengths
  • Chlamydia trachomatis (Ct) assays was performed essentially as described in Examples 1 and 21.
  • the assays were conducted using varying concentrations Of Mg +2 .
  • concentrations of Mg +2 As shown in Figure 32, for this set of assays, a complete loss of activity was found when 6 mM Mg +2 was present, and a significant drop in activity was found when 9 mM Mg +2 was present.
  • concentrations from 12 mM to 21 mM Mg +2 the assay performed optimally.
  • Example 31 Examples of other Template/Target Combinations
  • the present methods are not limited to the specific templates and targets provided in the present embodiments and examples.
  • Other targets and templates may be used to perform the isothermal amplification methods discussed herein.
  • Examples of other targets and templates include, but are not limited to, those presented in Figure 34.
  • Those of ordinary skill in the art recognize that other templates may be designed for the targets presented in the Figure, related target sequences to those presented in the Figure may be used in the reaction, and target sequences not included in the Figure are within the scope of the present methods.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Pathology (AREA)
  • Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
  • Saccharide Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The invention is in general directed to the rapid exponential amplification of short DNA or RNA sequences at a constant temperature.

Description

NICKING AND EXTENSION AMPLIFICATION REACTION FOR THE EXPONENTIAL AMPLIFICATION OF NUCLEIC ACIDS
Field of the Invention The invention is in general directed to the rapid exponential amplification of short
DNA or RNA sequences at a constant temperature.
Related Applications
Priority is claimed to U.S. Patent Application serial number 11/778,018, filed July 14, 2007, and entitled Nicking and Extension Amplification Reaction for the Exponential Amplification of Nucleic Acids, which is referred to and incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
Background The field of in vitro diagnostics is quickly expanding as the need for systems that can rapidly detect the presence of harmful species or determine the genetic sequence of a region of interest is increasing exponentially. Current molecular diagnostics focus on the detection of biomarkers and include small molecule detection, immuno-based assays, and nucleic acid tests. The built-in specificity between two complementary or substantially complementary nucleic acid strands allows for fast and specific recognition using unique DNA or RNA sequences, the simplicity of which makes a nucleic acid test an attractive prospect. Identification of bacterial and viral threat agents, genetically modified food products, and single nucleotide polymorphisms for disease management are only a few areas where the advancement of these molecular diagnostic tools becomes extremely advantageous. To meet these growing needs, nucleic acid amplification technologies have been developed and tailored to these needs of specificity and sensitivity.
Historically, the most common amplification technique is the polymerase chain reaction (PCR), which has in many cases become the gold standard for detection methods because of its reliability and specificity. This technique requires the cycling of temperatures to proceed through the steps of denaturation of the dsDNA, annealing of short oligonucleotide primers, and extension of the primer along the template by a thermostable polymerase. Though many new advances in engineering have successfully shortened these reaction times to 20-30 minutes, there is still a steep power requirement to meet the needs of these thermocycling units.
Various isothermal amplification techniques have been developed to circumvent the need for temperature cycling. From this demand, both DNA and RNA isothermal amplification technologies have emerged.
Transcription-Mediated Amplification (TMA) employs a reverse transcriptase with RNase activity, an RNA polymerase, and primers with a promoter sequence at the 5'end. The reverse transcriptase synthesizes cDNA from the primer, degrades the RNA target, and synthesizes the second strand after the reverse primer binds. RNA polymerase then binds to the promoter region of the dsDNA and transcribes new RNA transcripts which can serve as templates for further reverse transcription. The reaction can produce a billion fold amplification in 20-30 minutes. This system is not as robust as other DNA amplification techniques and is therefore, not a field-deployable test due to the ubiquitous presence of RNAases outside of a sterile laboratory. This amplification technique is very similar to S elf- Sustained Sequence Replication (3SR) and Nucleic Acid Sequence Based Amplification (NASBA), but varies in the enzymes employed.
Single Primer Isothermal Amplification (SPIA) also involves multiple polymerases and RNaseH. First, a reverse transcriptase extends a chimeric primer along an RNA target. RNaseH degrades the RNA target and allows a DNA polymerase to synthesize the second strand of cDNA. RNaseH then degrades a portion of the chimeric primer to release a portion of the cDNA and open a binding site for the next chimeric primer to bind and the amplification process proceeds through the cycle again. The linear amplification system can amplify very low levels of RNA target in roughly 3.5 hrs.
The Q-Beta replicase system is a probe amplification method. A probe region complementary or substantially complementary to the target of choice is inserted into MDV-I RNA, a naturally occurring template for Q-Beta replicase. Q-Beta replicates the MDV-I plasmid so that the synthesized product is itself a template for Q-Beta replicase, resulting in exponential amplification as long as the there is excess replicase to template. Because the Q-Beta replication process is so sensitive and can amplify whether the target is present or not, multiple wash steps are required to purge the sample of non-specifically bound replication plasmids. The exponential amplification takes approximately 30 minutes; however, the total time including all wash steps is approximately 4 hours. Numerous isothermal DNA amplification technologies have been developed as well. Rolling circle amplification (RCA) was developed based on the natural replication of plasmids and viruses. A primer extends along a circular template resulting in the synthesis of a single-stranded tandem repeat. Capture, washing, and ligation steps are necessary to preferentially circularize the template in the presence of target and reduce background amplification. Ramification amplification (RAM) adds cascading primers for additional geometric amplification. This technique involves amplification of non-specifically sized strands that are either double or single-stranded.
Helicase-dependent amplification (HDA) takes advantage of a thermostable helicase (Tte-UvrD) to unwind dsDNA to create single-strands that are then available for hybridization and extension of primers by polymerase. The thermostable HDA method does not require the accessory proteins that the non-thermostable HDA requires. The reaction can be performed at a single temperature, though an initial heat denaturation to bind the primers generates more product. Reaction times are reported to be over 1 hour to amplify products 70-120 base pairs in length.
Loop mediated amplification (LAMP) is a sensitive and specific isothermal amplification method that employs a thermostable polymerase with strand displacement capabilities and four or more primers. The primers are designed to anneal consecutively along the target in the forward and reverse direction. Extension of the outer primers displaces the extended inner primers to release single strands. Each primer is designed to have hairpin ends that, once displaced, snap into a hairpin to facilitate self-priming and further polymerase extension. Additional loop primers can decrease the amplification time, but complicates the reaction mixture. Overall, LAMP is a difficult amplification method to multiplex, that is, to amplify more than one target sequence at a time, although it is reported to be extremely specific due to the multiple primers that must anneal to the target to further the amplification process. Though the reaction proceeds under isothermal conditions, an initial heat denaturation step is required for double-stranded targets. Amplification proceeds in 25 to 50 minutes and yields a ladder pattern of various length products. Strand displacement amplification (SDA) was developed by Walker etal. in 1992.
This amplification method uses two sets of primers, a strand displacing polymerase, and a restriction endonuclease. The bumper primers serve to displace the initially extended primers to create a single-strand for the next primer to bind. A restriction site is present in the 5' region of the primer. Thiol-modified nucleotides are incorporated into the synthesized products to inhibit cleavage of the synthesized strand. This modification creates a nick site on the primer side of the strand, which the polymerase can extend. This approach requires an initial heat denaturation step for double-stranded targets. The reaction is then run at a temperature below the melting temperature of the double-stranded target region. Products 60 to 100 bases in length are usually amplified in 30-45 minutes using this method.
These and other amplification methods are discussed in, for example, VanNess, J, et al, PNAS 2003. vol 100, no 8, p 4504-4509; Tan, E., et al, Anal. Chem. 2005, 77, 7984-7992; Lizard, P., et al., Nature Biotech. 1998, 6, 1197-1202; Notomi, T., et al., NAR 2000, 28, 12, e63; and Kurn, N., et al., Clin. Chem. 2005, 51 : 10, 1973-1981. Other references for these general amplification techniques include, for example, U.S. Patent Serial Nos. 7112423; 5455166; 5712124; 5744311; 5916779; 5556751; 5733733; 5834202; 5354668; 5591609; 5614389; 5942391; and U.S. patent publication numbers US20030082590; US20030138800; US20040058378; and US20060154286.
Summary
Provided herein are methods of amplifying nucleic acid target sequences that rely on nicking and extension reactions to amplify shorter sequences in a quicker timeframe than traditional amplification reactions, such as, for example, strand displacement amplification reactions. Embodiments of the invention include, for example, reactions that use only two templates to amplify a target sequence, one or two nicking enzymes, and a polymerase, under isothermal conditions. In exemplary embodiments, the polymerase and the nicking enzyme are thermophilic, and the reaction temperature is significantly below the melting temperature of the hybridized target region. The nicking enzyme nicks only one strand in a double-stranded duplex, so that incorporation of modified nucleotides is not necessary as in the case of conventional strand displacement amplification. An initial heat denaturation step is not required for the methods of the present invention. Due to the simplicity of the reaction, in exemplary embodiments, the reaction is very easy to perform, requires no special equipment, such as a thermocycler, and can amplify 20-30mer products 108 to 1010 fold from genomic DNA in only about 2.5 to about 10 minutes. Furthermore, in other exemplary embodiments, the method is able to amplify RNA without a separate reverse transcription step.
Thus, provided in a first embodiment of the present invention is a method for amplifying a double-stranded nucleic acid target sequence, comprising contacting a target DNA molecule comprising a double-stranded target sequence having a sense strand and an antisense strand, with a forward template and a reverse template, wherein said forward template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence antisense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking enzyme binding site and said nicking site; said reverse template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3 ' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence sense strand, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking enzyme binding site and said nicking site; providing a first nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said forward template, and does not nick within said target sequence; providing a second nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said reverse template and does not nick within said target sequence; and providing a DNA polymerase; under conditions wherein amplification is performed by multiple cycles of said polymerase extending said forward and reverse templates along said target sequence producing a double-stranded nicking site, and said nicking enzymes nicking at said nicking sites, producing an amplification product.
In certain embodiments of the invention, the DNA polymerase is a thermophilic polymerase. In other examples of the invention, the polymerase and said nicking enzymes are stable at temperatures up to 370C, 420C, 6O0C, 650C, 7O0C, 750C, 8O0C, or 850C. In certain embodiments, the polymerase is stable up to 6O0C. The polymerase may, for example, be selected from the group consisting of Bst (large fragment), 90N, VentR ® (exo- ) DNA Polymerase, Therminator, and Therminator II. The nicking enzyme may, for example, nick upstream of the nicking enzyme binding site, or, in exemplary embodiments, the nicking enzyme may nick downstream of the nicking enzyme binding site. In certain embodiments, the forward and reverse templates comprise nicking sites recognized by the same nicking enzyme and said first and said second nicking enzyme are the same. The nicking enzyme may, for example, be selected from the group consisting of Nt.BspQI, Nb.BbvCi, Nb.Bsml, Nb.BsrDI, Nb.BtsI, NtAIwI, NtBbvCI, Nt.BstNBI, Nt.CviPII, Nb.BpulOI, and Nt.BpulOI. In certain aspects of the present invention, the target sequence comprises from 1 to 5 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of said forward template recognition region and said reverse template recognition region.
The DNA molecule may be, for example, genomic DNA. The DNA molecule may be, for example, selected from the group consisting of plasmid, mitochondrial, and viral DNA. In certain embodiments, the forward template is provided at the same concentration as the reverse template. In other examples, the forward template is provided at a ratio to the reverse template at the range of ratios of 1: 100 to 100: 1.
In other examples of the invention, the method further comprises the use of a second polymerase. The amplification may be, for example, conducted at a constant temperature. This temperature may be, for example, between 54°C and 600C. As to the length of time for the reaction to take place, in certain examples, the amplification reaction is held at constant temperature for 1 to 10 minutes.
The present invention further comprises detecting the amplification product, for example, by a method selected from the group consisting of gel electrophoresis, mass spectrometry, SYBR I fluorescence, SYBR II fluorescence, SYBR Gold, Pico Green, TOTO-3, intercalating dye detection, FRET, molecular beacon detection, surface capture, capillary electrophoresis, incorporation of labeled nucleotides to allow detection by capture, fluorescence polarization, and lateral flow capture. The amplification products may be, for example, detected using a solid surface method, for example, where at least one capture probe is immobilized on the solid surface that binds to the amplified sequence. The present invention may be used for multiplex amplification. Thus, for example, in certain embodiments of the present invention at least two target sequences are capable of being amplified. By "capable of being amplified" is meant the amplification reaction comprises the appropriate templates and enzymes to amplify at least two target sequences. Thus, for example, the amplification reaction may be prepared to detect at least two target sequences, but only one of the target sequences may actually be present in the sample being tested, such that both sequences are capable of being amplified, even though only one sequence may actually be amplified. Or, where two target sequences are present, the amplification reaction may result in the amplification of both of the target sequences. The multiplex amplification reaction may result in the amplification of one, some, or all, of the target sequences for which it comprises the appropriate templates and enzymes.
At least one of the templates, for example, may comprise a spacer, a blocking group, or a modified nucleotide. Also provided as an embodiment of the present invention is a method for amplifying a single-stranded nucleic acid target sequence, comprising contacting a target nucleic acid comprising a single-stranded target sequence with a reverse template, wherein said reverse template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking enzyme binding site and said nicking site; providing a first nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said reverse template, and does not nick within said target sequence; providing a DNA polymerase under conditions wherein said polymerase extends said reverse template along said target sequence; contacting said extended reverse template with a forward template, wherein said forward template comprises a recognition region at the 3' end that is identical to the 5' end of the target sequence a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking enzyme binding site and said nicking site; providing a second nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said forward template and does not nick within said target sequence; under conditions wherein amplification is performed by multiple cycles of said polymerase extending said forward and reverse templates along said target sequence producing a double-stranded nicking site, and said nicking enzymes nicking at said nicking sites, producing an amplification product.
Those of ordinary skill in the art understand that the examples presented herein relating to the amplification of a double-stranded nucleic acid target sequence and the detection of the amplified product also apply to the amplification of a single-stranded nucleic acid target sequence and the detection of the amplified product. Furthermore, in examples of the present invention, the target sequence may be, for example, RNA, for example, but not limited to, messenger RNA (mRNA), ribosomal RNA (rRNA), viral RNA, microRNA, a microRNA precursor, or siRNA. In exemplary embodiments of the present invention, for example, where the target sequence is RNA, the polymerase has reverse transcription activity. In yet other examples of the present invention, the target sequence is DNA, such as, for example, genomic DNA, or for example, the target sequence is selected from the group consisting of plasmid, mitochondrial, and viral DNA, or even a PCR product. Where the method, in accordance with the present invention, involves the use of more than one polymerase, in exemplary embodiments at least one of the polymerases may have reverse transcriptase activity.
In other embodiments of the present invention, a set of oligonucleotide templates is provided, comprising a first template for nucleic acid amplification, comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of a target sequence antisense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region; and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking enzyme binding site and said nicking site; and a second template for nucleic acid amplification, comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is identical to the 5' of said target sequence antisense strand; nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region; and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking enzyme binding site and said nicking site;wherein said target sequence comprises from 1 to 5 spacer bases between said 3' end of the antisense strand and said 5' end of said antisense strand that do not bind to either template.
In yet other embodiments, a kit is provided for following the methods of the present invention for nucleic acid amplification, comprising a DNA polymerase; a first template for nucleic acid amplification, comprising a recognition region at the 3 ' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3 ' end of a target sequence antisense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region; and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking enzyme binding site and said nicking site; a second template for nucleic acid amplification, comprising a recognition region at the 3 ' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of a target sequence sense strand; nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region; and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking enzyme binding site and said nicking site; one or two thermostable nicking enzymes, wherein either one enzyme is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said first and said second templates, or a first enzyme is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said first primer and a second enzyme is capable of nicking at the enzyme site of said second primer.
The kit may, for example, provide said polymerase, nicking enzymes, and templates in a container. The kit may provide, for example, said polymerase, nicking enzymes, and templates in two containers. In certain examples, the polymerase and nicking enzymes are in a first container, and said templates are in a second container. In certain examples, the polymerase and nicking enzymes are lyophilized. The kit may, for example, further comprise instructions for following the amplification methods of the present invention. The kit may, for example, further comprise a cuvette. The kit may, for example, further comprise a lateral flow device or dipstick. The lateral flow device or dipstick may, for example, further comprise a capture probe, wherein said capture probe binds to amplified product. The kit may, for example, further comprise a detector component, for example, one selected from the group consisting of a fluorescent dye, colloidal gold particles, latex particles, a molecular beacon, polystyrene beads, and the like. In other examples, at least one of the templates of the kit may comprise a spacer, blocking group, or a modified nucleotide.
Deoxynucleoside triphosphates (dNTPs) are included in the amplification reaction. One or more of the dNTPs may be modified, or labeled, as discussed herein, however, the use of modified NTPs is not required in the present method. Nucleotides are designated as follows. A ribonucleoside triphosphate is referred to as NTP or rNTP; wherein N can be A, G, C, U or m5U to denote specific ribonucleotides. Deoxynucleoside triphosphate substrates are indicated as dNTPs, wherein N can be A, G, C, T, or U. Throughout the text, monomeric nucleotide subunits may be denoted as A, G, C, or T with no particular reference to DNA or RNA. In another embodiment, a method is provided for nucleic acid amplification comprising forming a mixture of a target nucleic acid comprising a double-stranded target sequence having a sense strand and an antisense strand; a forward template comprising a nucleic acid sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence antisense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking enzyme binding site and said nicking site; a reverse template comprising a nucleotide sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence sense strand, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking enzyme binding site and said nicking site; a first nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said forward template, and does not nick within said target sequence; a second nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said reverse template and does not nick within said target sequence; and a thermophilic polymerase under conditions wherein amplification is performed by multiple cycles of said polymerase extending said forward and reverse templates along said target sequence producing a double-stranded nicking site, and said nicking enzymes nicking at said nicking sites, producing an amplification product. In certain embodiments, the nicking enzyme binding sites on the forward and reverse templates are recognized by the same nicking enzyme, and only one nicking enzyme is used for the reaction.
In another embodiment, a method is provided for nucleic acid amplification comprising forming a mixture of a target nucleic acid comprising a single-stranded target sequence; a reverse template, wherein said reverse template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3 ' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking enzyme binding site and said nicking site; a first nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said reverse template, and does not nick within said target sequence; a thermophilic polymerase under conditions wherein said polymerase extends said reverse template along said target sequence; a forward template, wherein said forward template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is identical or substantially identical to the 5'end of the target sequence; and a second nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said forward template and does not nick within said target sequence; under conditions wherein amplification is performed by multiple cycles of said polymerase extending said forward and reverse templates along said target sequence producing a double-stranded nicking site, and said nicking enzymes nicking at said nicking sites, producing an amplification product. In certain embodiments, the nicking enzyme binding sites on the forward and reverse templates are recognized by the same nicking enzyme, and only one nicking enzyme is used for the reaction.
In other embodiments of the invention are provided methods for the separation of amplified nucleic acids obtained by the amplification methods of the invention. In yet further embodiments of the invention are provided methods for detecting and/or analyzing the amplified nucleic acids obtained by the amplification methods of the invention, including, for example, methods using SYBR I, II, SYBR Gold, Pico Green, TOTO-3, and most intercalating dyes, molecular beacons, FRET, surface capture using immobilized probes with fluorescence, electrochemical, or colorimetric detection, mass spectrometry, capillary electrophoresis, the incorporation of labeled nucleotides to allow detection by capture or fluorescence polarization, lateral flow, and other methods involving capture probes. Methods using capture probes for detection include, for example, the use of a nucleic acid molecule (the capture probe) comprising a sequence that is complementary to, or substantially complementary to, an amplification product strand such that the capture probe binds to amplified nucleic acid. The probe may be linked to a detectable label in certain embodiments, and amplification product may be detected based on the detectable label of the probe specifically hybridized to the amplification product. The reaction may, for example, further comprise an antibody directed against a molecule incorporated into or attached to the capture probe. Or, for example, the capture probe, or a molecule that binds to the capture probe, may incorporate, for example, an enzyme label, for example, peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, or beta-galactosidase, a fluorescent label, such as, for example, fluorescein or rhodamine, or, for example, other molecules having chemiluminescent or bioluminescent activity. In some embodiments, the probe is linked to a solid support, and amplification product strands may be specifically immobilized to the capture probe linked to the solid support under conditions known and selected by the person of ordinary skill in the art. In the latter embodiments, solid support-immobilized amplification product may be subjected to processing steps, such as washing, ion exchange, release from the solid support, or other processing steps. An amplification product may be detected when immobilized to a solid support in some embodiments. The embodiments of the present invention also comprise combinations of these detection and analysis methods.
Brief Description of the Drawings
Figures IA-D are graphic drawings depicting mechanisms of the reactions of the present invention. Figure ID is a legend for Figure 1. Figure 2. 20% polyacrylamide gel of reaction products from a DNA NEAR™ assay.
A reaction following the present methods was run for 2.5 minutes at 56 0C, then heat denatured at 94 0C for 4 minutes. Six microliters of the reaction was run on a 20% polyacrylamide gel at 160V for -2.5 hrs. The gel was stained with SYBR II gel stain. Lane 1 : no target control for 25mer assay. Lane 2: no target control for 27mer assay. Lane 3 : for 25mer assay with 3.5E+5 copies of genomic Bacillus subtilis DNA. Lane 4: for 27mer assay with 1.1 E+6 copies of genomic Bacillus subtilis DNA.
Figure 3. 20% polyacrylamide gel of reaction products from an RNA assay using the present methods.
The reaction was run for 12 minutes at 56 0C, then heat denatured at 94 0C for 4 minutes. Six microliters of the reaction was run on a 20% polyacrylamide gel at 160V for about 2.5 hrs. The gel was stained with SYBR II gel stain. Lane 1 and 2: reaction for 25mer assay with 1E+6 copies of Ebola Armored RNA (Ambion). Lane 3 and 4: reaction no target control for 25mer assay. 25mer reaction products are outlined in the white box.
Figure 4. Mass Spectrum of Bacillus anthracis DNA assay products.
A) 0 copies of target or B) 5E+5 copies of genomic DNA added to the reaction. The reaction was run for 10 minutes, then heat denatured at 94 0C for 4 minutes. Ten microliters of sample was injected into the LC/ESI-MS. The (-4) charge state of the 26mer product and its complementary sequence are outlined in a black box. The smaller adjacent peaks are the sodium adducts of the main product.
Figure 5. Mass Spectrum of MS2 genomic RNA assay products.
A) 0 copies of target, B) 1E+6 copies of MS2 genomic RNA, or C) 1E+6 copies of synthetic target DNA added to the reaction. The reaction was run for 10 minutes, then heat denatured at 94 0C for 4 minutes. Ten microliters of sample was injected into the LC/ESI- MS. The (-4) charge state of the 27mer product and its complement sequence are outlined in a black box. The smaller adjacent peaks are the sodium adducts of the main product.
Figure 6. Real-time detection of amplification using intercalating fluorescent dyes.
Real-time amplification of Yersinia pestis genomic DNA at 500 copies (squares) compared to the no target control (NTC, open triangles). The reaction was run for 10 minutes at 58 0C and monitored by the real-time fluorescence with SYBR II (n = 5).
Figure 7. Real-time detection of amplification using fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET).
Real-time amplification of Yersinia pestis synthetic DNA at 10,000 copies (squares) compared to the no target control (NTC, open triangles). The reaction was run for 10 minutes at 57 0C, n = 3.
Figure 8. Francisella tularensis DNA amplification detected in real-time using molecular beacons. Either 0 copies (open triangles) or 1E+5 copies (squares) were added to the reaction mix and run for 10 minutes at 57.5 0C.
Figure 9. False positive rate testing results comparing average AUC values.
Error bars denote one standard deviation. Bacillus subtilis assays were run for 10 min at 55 0C in the presence and absence of Bacillus subtilis genomic DNA. Enzymes were heat denatured at 94 0C for 4 min. A 10 μL sample was injected into the LC/ESI-MS and the area under the curve (AUC) of the product peaks were analyzed. True Positives contained 10,000 copies of Bacillus subtilis DNA along with 990,000 copies of near neighbor (Bacillus thuringiensis) DNA. True Negatives contained 10,000 copies of is. coli DNA with 990,000 copies of near neighbor DNA, and water negatives contained no DNA as a control.
Figure 10. Replication study using molecular beacon detection with different operators performing the experiments on two different days.
The reaction was run for 10 minutes at 57.5 0C (in the presence and absence of 500 copies of Francisella tularensis genomic DNA) with a 4 min heat kill at 94 0C. 30OnM molecular beacon was added and monitored at 45, 50, and 57 0C (n = 24).
Figure 11. Sensitivity of the reaction using molecular beacon detection.
The assay was run for 10 minutes 57.5 0C. The reaction was stopped with a 4 min heat inactivation step at 94 0C. 30OnM molecular beacon was added and the fluorescence was monitored at 57.5 0C (n = 3). Fluorescence was monitored for beacon opening in the presence of reactions amplified with 1E+6, 5E+5, 5E+4, 5E+2, 50, and 0 (NTC) input copies of Francisella tularensis genomic DNA, and compared to the background fluorescence of the beacon alone (MB).
Figure 12. Final concentration of amplified products in the NEAR reaction. The NEAR™ reaction was run for 10 min at 55 0C with varying copies of
Bacillus subtilis genomic DNA. The reaction was stopped with a heat inactivation step at 94 0C for 4 minutes. A lO microliter sample was injected into the LC/ESI-MS and the AUC of the product peak at 1944 Daltons was analyzed and compared to a standard curve.
Figure 13. Correlation of the input RNA target copy number to the final concentration of amplified products.
The Ebola NEAR™ assay was run for 12 min at 55 0C with varying copies of synthetic RNA corresponding to the Ebola genome DNA. The reaction was stopped with a heat inactivation step at 94 0C for 4 minutes. A 10 microliter sample was injected into the LC/ESI-MS and the AUC of the product peak at 1936 Daltons was analyzed and compared to the Standard curve of AUC values, (n = 3)
Figure 14. Mass spec product analysis demonstrating NEAR reaction specificity.
The Bacillus anthracis NEAR™ reaction was run in the presence of a dilution of copies of Bacillus thuringiensis for 10 min at 56 0C (n = 3), then heat denatured at 94°C for 4 minutes. A 10 μL sample was injected into the LC/ESI-MS and AUC values of product peaks analyzed.
Figure 15. The effect of an interferent panel on amplification.
Bacillus subtilis DNA reactions were run for 10 min at 55 0C and heated to 94 0C for 4 minutes to stop the reaction. Reactions were run in triplicate in the presence 1E+5 copies of Bacillus subtilis genomic DNA ("_lE+5") or with no target DNA present ("_0"). Sample x is the control assay with no interferent added. Interferents A through F were added at 50% reaction volume to the Bacillus subtilis assay. The AUC of mass spec product peaks were analyzed using a two-way ANOVA and Bonferroni t-test. (Key: A = none; B = House dust, skim milk; C = AZ test dust, humic acid; D = Diesel soot; E = Skim milk; F = Mold spores)
Figure 16. Gel electrophoresis results for the Bacillus subtilis /Bacillus anthracis DNA duplex reaction.
The NEAR™ reaction including templates specific for both Bacillus subtilis (Bs) and Bacillus anthracis (Ba) DNA was run in the absence of target DNA (negative), in the presence of Bacillus subtilis only (positive for 27mer product), and in the presence of both Bacillus subtilis and Bacillus anthracis (positive for 27mer and 25mer product respectively). The target copy number used in this assay was 500,000 copies. The assay was run for 10 min at 57 0C. Templates varied in concentration between the assays to control the amplification (10OnM for Bacillus anthracis and 50 nM for Bacillus subtilis). Samples were run on a 20% polyacrylamide gel at 160 V for about 2 hours. The gel was stained with SYBR II fluorescent dye and imaged. The fluorescent bands were quantified and analyzed as the integrated optical density (IOD) (n = 8).
Figure 17. Specificity results for the Bacillus subtilis /Bacillus anthracis DNA duplex reaction shown by gel electrophoresis.
The NEAR™ reaction including templates for both a Bacillus subtilis (Bs) and Bacillus anthracis (Ba) DNA was run in the absence of target DNA (negative), in the presence of Bacillus subtilis DNA only (27mer product), and in the presence of both Bacillus subtilis and Bacillus anthracis DNA (27mer and 25mer product respectively). The target copy number for each genome present in this assay was 500,000 copies. All reactions contained 500,000 copies of Bacillus thuringiensis as exogenous nucleic acids. Templates varied in concentration between the assays to control the amplification. The assay was run for 10 min at 57 0C, heat denatured at 94 0C for 4 min, and 6 microliters was loaded on to a 20% gel run at 160 V for about 2 hours. The gel was stained with SYBR II fluorescent dye and imaged. The fluorescent bands were quantified and analyzed as the integrated optical density (IOD).
Figure 18. Gel electrophoresis results for the MS2/Ebola RNA duplex reaction. The NEAR™ reaction including templates for both a MS2 and Ebola assay was run in the absence of target RNA (negative, lanes 2-5), in the presence of MS2 only (27mer product, lanes 6 and 7), and in the presence of both MS2 and Ebola RNA (27mer and 25mer product respectively, lanes 8 and 9). The target copy number used in this assay was 1E+6 copies. The assay was run for 10 min at 57 0C. Templates varied in concentration between the assays to control the amplification. Samples were run on a 20% polyacrylamide gel at 160 V for -2.5 hours. The gel was stained with SYBR II fluorescent dye and imaged. The fluorescent bands were quantified and analyzed as the integrated optical density (IOD).
Figure 19. Mass spec analysis of amplification of DNA from lysed spores. Average AUC values from amplified product masses compared for lysed and unlysed samples. Lysed spore samples were then added to master mix and run for 10 minutes at 55 0C, heat denatured for 4 minutes at 94 0C, and run on the mass spec for analysis. AUC values of product peaks were averaged and compared (n = 3).
Figure 20. Demonstration of the capture and extension approach for surface detection .
A.) Average binding (positive reaction product with no added polymerase), B.) 500,000 target (positive reaction product with added polymerase), and C.) No target (negative reaction with added polymerase) are compared. The NEAR ™ assay was run for 10 minutes at 55 0C, heat denatured at 94 0C for 4 minutes, then added to the plate with capture probe bound to the surface on the 5' end. Polymerase is added to one well of the positive reaction. The plate is incubated at 55 0C for 30 min, washed, SYBR II added, washed 3 times, and read on a Tecan plate reader (495 nm excitation/530 nm emission). Figure 21. Pseudo-real-time fluorescence detection of the NEAR™ FRET assay with a single template immobilized on a surface in the presence (squares) and absence (open triangles) of 1E+6 copies of genomic DNA.
Reactions were performed in flat bottom 96-well plates covered with neutravidin. A solution of 1 micromolar FRET-labeled reverse template was incubated with gentle mixing for 1 hr at 37 0C. Wells were washed 3 times with a PBS-Tween solution to release unbound template. NEAR™ reaction mix of the present method was added to the wells (one for each time point taken) and incubated at 58°C on a heating block in a shaking incubator set to 135 RPM. Time points were taken by adding 1 microliter EDTA to the well to stop the reaction. The fluorescence was read from the bottom using a Tecan 100 plate reader.
Figure 22. Limit of Detection Assay for Chlamydia trachomatis. A series of assays was performed using 2-fold dilutions of Chlamydia target. A) Bar graph of fluorescence detection showing the limit of detection as averaged from 3 assays. B) Bar graph showing the results of individual assays.
Figure 23. Discrimination of Listeria monocytogenes from L. innocua. Bar graph showing the results of a series of assays that was performed to determine the ability of the assays to discriminate between two different bacteria.
Figure 24. Assay with Viral RNA. Bar graph showing the results of a series of assays of the present methods with various dilutions of a viral RNA target.
Figure 25. Bar graph showing the results of anAssay for etection of the bar gene target sequence.
Figure 26. Bar graph showing the results of a assay of the present methods for detection of an miRNA target sequence. Figure 27. Gc Assay: LOD. A) Bar graph showing the average of a series of assays for detection of a genomic target sequence. B) Results of individual assays, including 50 genomic copies each.
Figure 28. B. subtilis ~NEAR™ assay. A) Standard curve to determine correlation between amount of reference oligonucleotide added to a sample and area under the curve (AUC). B) Bar graph showing the results of assays of the present methods to determine the amount of specific product generated. C) Table showing results of the assay. Figure 29. Spacer length study. A) Bar graph showing the results of anassay of the present methods to determine the effect of various spacer lengths. B) Template sequences used to obtain different spacer lengths.
Figure 30. Template designs used for the assay shown in Figure 29. Figure 31. Effect of stabilizing region. A) Graph of the results of assays of the present methods using oligo templates that either include, or don't include, stabilizing regions. B) Expansion of part of the graph of A).
Figure 32. Titration of Mg+ concentration A) Bar graph showing the results of set of NEAR assays using varying amounts Of Mg+2 . B) Chart describing components of assays.
Figure 33. Drawing depicting mechanisms of the reactions of the present methods.
Figure 34. List of examples of target and oligo template sequences.
Detailed Description
Provided herein are methods for the exponential amplification of short DNA or RNA sequences.
Target nucleic acids of the present invention include double-stranded and single- stranded nucleic acid molecules. The nucleic acid may be, for example, DNA or RNA. Where the target nucleic acid is an RNA molecule, the molecule may be, for example, double-stranded, single-stranded, or the RNA molecule may comprise a target sequence that is single-stranded. Where the target nucleic acid is an RNA molecule, the molecule may be double-stranded or single-stranded, or may comprise a target sequence that is single-stranded. Target nucleic acids include, for example, genomic, plasmid, mitochondrial, cellular, and viral nucleic acid. The target nucleic acid may be, for example, genomic, chromosomal, plasmid DNA, a gene, any type of cellular RNA, or a synthetic oligonucleotide. By "genomic nucleic acid" is meant any nucleic acid from any genome, for example, including animal, plant, insect, and bacterial genomes, including, for example, genomes present in spores. Double stranded DNA target nucleic acids include, for example, genomic DNA, plasmid DNA, mitochondrial DNA, viral DNA, and synthetic double stranded DNA or other types of DNA described herein or known in the art. Single-stranded DNA target nucleic acids include, for example, viral DNA, cDNA, and synthetic single-stranded DNA, or other types of DNA described herein or known in the art. RNA target nucleic acids include, for example, messenger RNA, viral RNA, ribosomal RNA, transfer RNA, microRNA and microRNA precursors, and siRNAs or other RNAs described herein or known in the art.
MicroRNAs, miRNAs, or small temporal RNAs (stRNAs), are short single- stranded RNA sequences, about 21-23 nucleotides long that are involved in gene regulation. MicroRNAs are thought to interfere with the translation of messenger RNAs as they are partially complementary to messenger RNAs. (see, for example, Ruvkun, Gl, Science 294:797-99 (2001); Lagos-Quintana, M., et al, Science 294:854-58 (2001); Lau, N.C., et al, Science 294:858-62 (2001); Lee, R.C., and Ambros, V., Science 294:862-64 (2001); Baulcombe, D., et al., Science 297:2002-03 (2002); Llave, C, Science 297:2053- 56 (2002); Hutvagner, G., and Zamore, P.D., Science 297:2056-60 (2002)). MicroRNA may also have a role in the immune system, based on studies recently reported in knockout mice, (see, for example, Wade, N., "Studies Reveal and Immune System Regulator" New York Times, April 27, 2007). MicroRNA precursors that may also be detected using the methods of the present invention include, for example, the primary transcript (pri- miRNA) and the pre-miRNA stem-loop-structured RNA that is further processed into miRNA.
Short interfering RNAs, or siRNAs are at least partially double-stranded, about 20- 25 nucleotide long RNA molecules that are found to be involved in RNA interference, for example, in the down-regulation of viral replication or gene expression (see for example Zamore et al., 2000, Cell, 101, 25-33; Bass, 2001, Nature, 411, 428-429; Elbashir et al., 2001, Nature, 411, 494-498; and Kreutzer et al., International PCT Publication No. WO 00/44895; Zernicka-Goetz et al., International PCT Publication No. WO 01/36646; Fire, International PCT Publication No. WO 99/32619; Plaetinck et al., International PCT Publication No. WO 00/01846; Mello and Fire, International PCT Publication No. WO 01/29058; Deschamps-Depaillette, International PCT Publication No. WO 99/07409; and Li et al., International PCT Publication No. WO 00/44914; Allshire, 2002, Science, 297, 1818-1819; Volpe et al., 2002, Science, 297, 1833-1837; Jenuwein, 2002, Science, 297, 2215-2218; and Hall et al., 2002, Science, 297, 2232-2237; Hutvagner and Zamore, 2002, Science, 297, 2056-60; McManus et al., 2002, RNA, 8, 842-850; Reinhart et al., 2002, Gene & Dev., 16, 1616-1626; and Reinhart & Bartel, 2002, Science, 297, 1831).
The use of the term "target sequence" may refer to either the sense or antisense strand of the sequence, and also refers to the sequences as they exist on target nucleic acids, amplified copies, or amplification products, of the original target sequence. The amplification product may be a larger molecule that comprises the target sequence, as well as at least one other sequence, or other nucleotides. The length of the target sequence, and the guanosine:cytosine (GC) concentration (percent), is dependent on the temperature at which the reaction is run; this temperature is dependent on the stability of the polymerases and nicking enzymes used in the reaction. Those of ordinary skill in the art may run sample assays to determine the appropriate length and GC concentration for the reaction conditions. For example, where the polymerase and nicking enzyme are stable up to 6O0C, then the target sequence may be, for example, from 19 to 50 nucleotides in length, or for example, from 20 to 45, 20 to 40, 22 to 35, or 23 to 32 nucleotides in length. The GC concentration under these conditions may be, for example, less than 60%, less than 55%, less than 50%, or less than 45%. The target sequence and nicking enzymes are selected such that the target sequence does not contain nicking sites for any nicking enzymes that will be included in the reaction mix.
The target sequences may be amplified from many types of samples including, but not limited to samples containing spores, viruses, cells, nucleic acid from prokaryotes or eukaryotes, or any free nucleic acid. For example, the assay can detect the DNA on the outside of spores without the need for lysis. The sample may be isolated from any material suspected of containing the target sequence. For example, for animals, for example, mammals, such as, for example, humans, the sample may comprise blood, bone marrow, mucus, lymph, hard tissues, for example, liver, spleen, kidney, lung, or ovary, biopsies, sputum, saliva, tears, feces, or urine. Or, the target sequence may be present in air, plant, soil, or other materials suspected of containing biological organisms.
Target sequences may be present in samples that may also contain environmental and contaminants such as dust, pollen, and soot (for example, from diesel exhaust), or clinically relevant matrices such as urine, mucus, or saliva. Target sequences may also be present in waste water, drinking water, air, milk, or other food. Depending on the concentration of these contaminants, sample purification methods known to those of ordinary skill in the art may be required to remove inhibitors for successful amplification. Purification may, for example, involve the use of detergent lysates, sonication, vortexing with glass beads, or a French press. This purification could also result in concentration of the sample target. Samples may also, for be further purified, for example, by filtration, phenol extraction, chromatography, ion exchange, gel electrophoresis, or density dependent centrifugation. In particular embodiments, the sample can be added directly to the reaction mix or pre-diluted and then added to the reaction mix without prior purification of target nucleic acid. An oligonucleotide is a molecule comprising two or more deoxyribonucleotides or ribonucleotides, for example, more than three. The length of an oligonucleotide will depend on how it is to be used. The oligonucleotide may be derived synthetically or by cloning. The term "complementary" as it refers to two nucleic acid sequences generally refers to the ability of the two sequences to form sufficient hydrogen bonding between the two nucleic acids to stabilize a double-stranded nucleotide sequence formed by hybridization of the two nucleic acids. In the two sequences, all nucleotides in one sequence may be complementary to counterpart nucleotides in the other sequence. In some embodiments, there may be a few mismatches between counterpart nucleotides in the two sequences (i.e., non-complementary nucleotides), such as 1 mismatch in 10 nucleotides, 1 mismatch in 20 nucleotides, or 1 mismatch in 30 nucleotides, for example, which sequences are referred to as "substantially complementary" herein. As shown in Figures IA- ID, each template nucleic acid often includes a recognition region complementary to, or substantially complementary to, a target nucleic acid strand (or complement thereof) to which the template nucleic acid hybridizes. Also shown in Figures IA- ID, each template nucleic acid often includes a stabilizing region 5' of the recognition region and nick agent recognition region that is not complementary or substantially complementary to the target nucleic acid sequence or complement thereof. As used herein, "hybridization" and "binding" are used interchangeably and refer to the non-covalent binding or "base pairing" of complementary nucleic acid sequences to one another. Whether or not a particular probe remains base paired with a polynucleotide sequence depends on the degree of complementarity, the length of the probe, and the stringency of the binding conditions. The higher the stringency, the higher must be the degree of complementarity, and/or the longer the probe for binding or base pairing to remain stable.
As used herein, "stringency" refers to the combination of conditions to which nucleic acids are subjected that cause double-stranded nucleic acid to dissociate into component single strands such as pH extremes, high temperature, and salt concentration. The phrase "high stringency" refers to hybridization conditions that are sufficiently stringent or restrictive such that only specific base pairings will occur. The specificity should be sufficient to allow for the detection of unique sequences using an oligonucleotide probe or closely related sequence under standard Southern hybridization protocols (as described in J. MoI. Biol. 98:503 (1975)). Templates are defined as oligonucleotides that bind to a recognition region of a target sequence and also contain a nicking enzyme binding region upstream of the recognition region and a stabilizing region upstream to the nicking enzyme binding region.
By "recognition region" is meant a nucleic acid sequence on the template that is complementary or substantially complementary to a nucleic acid sequence on the target sequence. By "recognition region on the target sequence" is meant the nucleotide sequence on the target sequence that is complementary or substantially complementary to, and binds to, the template.
By "stabilizing region" is meant a nucleic acid sequence having, for example, about 50% GC content, designed to stabilize the molecule for, for example, the nicking and/or extension reactions.
In describing the positioning of certain sequences on nucleic acid molecules, such as, for example, in the target sequence, or the template, it is understood by those of ordinary skill in the art that the terms "3' " and "5' " refer to a location of a particular sequence or region in relation to another. Thus, when a sequence or a region is 3' to or 3' of another sequence or region, the location is between that sequence or region and the 3' hydroxyl of that strand of nucleic acid. When a location in a nucleic acid is 5' to or 5' of another sequence or region, that means that the location is between that sequence or region and the 5' phosphate of that strand of nucleic acid. The polymerase is a protein able to catalyze the specific incorporation of nucleotides to extend a 3' hydroxyl terminus of a primer molecule, such as, for example, the template oligonucleotide, against a nucleic acid target sequence. The polymerase may be, for example, thermophilic so that it is active at an elevated reaction temperature. It may also, for example, have strand displacement capabilities. It does not, however, need to be very processive (30-40 nucleotides for a single synthesis are sufficient). Often, the polymerase used does not have 5 '-3' exonuclease activity. If the polymerase also has reverse transcriptase activity (such as Bst (large fragment), 90N, Therminator, Therminator II, etc.) the reaction can also amplify RNA targets in a single step without the use of a separate reverse transcriptase. More than one polymerase may be included in the reaction, in one example one of the polymerases may have reverse transcriptase activity and the other polymerase may lack reverse transcriptase activity. In exemplary embodiments, the polymerase is BST (large fragment). The polymerase may be selected from, for example, the group consisting of one or more of the polymerases listed in Table 1.
Table 1
Polymerase
Bst DNA polymerase
Bst DNA polymerase (Large fragment)
9°Nm DNA polymerase
PM29 DNA polymerase
DNA polymerase I (E.coli)
DNA polymerase I, Large (Klenow) fragment
Klenow fragment (3'-5f exo-)
T4 DNA polymerase
T7 DNA polymerase
Deep VentR™ (exo-) DNA Polymerase
Deep VentR™ DNA Polymerase DyNAzyme™ EXT DNA
DyNAzyme™ II Hot Start DNA Polymerase
Phusion™ High-Fidelity DNA Polymerase
Therminator™ DNA Polymerase
Therminator™ II DNA Polymerase
VentR DNA Polymerase
VentR (exo-) DNA Polymerase
RepliPHI™ PM29 DNA Polymerase
rBst DNA Polymerase rBst DNA Polymerase, Large Fragment (IsoTherm™ DNA Polymerase)
MasterAmp™ AmpliTherm™ DNA Polymerase
Taq DNA polymerase
Tth DNA polymerase
TfI DNA polymerase
Tgo DNA polymerase
SP6 DNA polymerase
Tbr DNA polymerase
DNA polymerase Beta
ThermoPhi DNA polymerase
Pyrophage 3173 (Lucigen)
The following non-limiting examples of Reverse Transcriptases (RT) can be used in the reactions of the present method to improve performance when detecting an RNA sequence: OmniScript (Qiagen), SensiScript (Qiagen), MonsterScript (Epicentre), Transcriptor (Roche), HIV RT (Ambion), Superscript III (Invitrogen), ThermoScript (Invitrogen), Thermo-X (Invitrogen), ImProm II (Promega).
These different RTs perform at different levels in the Standard reaction buffer, and this performance rating is listed below. A "+" indicates that the amplification reaction results in specific product. More "+"s indicate that the reaction works better, with "+++++" indicating excellent results. A "-" indicates that the reaction did not result in specific product, or did not result in specific product over background.
Table 2
Figure imgf000024_0001
Thermo-X (Invitrogen)
ImProm II (Promega)
"Nicking" refers to the cleavage of only one strand of the double-stranded portion of a fully or partially double-stranded nucleic acid. The position where the nucleic acid is nicked is referred to as the nicking site or nicking site. The recognition sequence that the nicking enzyme recognizes is referred to as the nicking enzyme binding site. "Capable of nicking" refers to an enzymatic capability of a nicking enzyme.
The nicking enzyme is a protein that binds to double-stranded DNA and cleaves one strand of a double-stranded duplex. The nicking enzyme may cleave either upstream or downstream of the binding site, or nicking enzyme recognition site. In exemplary embodiments, the reaction comprises the use of nicking enzymes that cleave or nick downstream of the binding site (top strand nicking enzymes) so that the product sequence does not contain the nicking site. Using an enzyme that cleaves downstream of the binding site allows the polymerase to more easily extend without having to displace the nicking enzyme. The nicking enzyme must be functional in the same reaction conditions as the polymerase, so optimization between the two ideal conditions for both is necessary. Nicking enzymes are available from, for example, New England Biolabs (NEB) and Fermentas. The nicking enzyme may, for example, be selected from the group consisting of one or more of the nicking enzymes listed in Table 3.
Table 3
Figure imgf000025_0001
Figure imgf000026_0001
Nicking enzymes may be, for example, selected from the group consisting of Nt.BspQI(NEB), Nb.BbvCI(NEB), Nb.BsmI(NEB), Nb.BsrDI(NEB), Nb.BtsI(NEB), Nt.AlwI(NEB), Nt.BbvCI(NEB), Nt.BstNBI(NEB), Nt.CviPII(NEB), Nb.BpulOl(Fermantas), and Nt.BpulOl(Fermentas). In certain embodiments, the nicking enzyme is selected from the group consisting of Nt.NBst.NBI, Nb.Bsml, and Nb.BsrDI. Those of ordinary skill in the art are aware that various nicking enzymes other than those mentioned specifically herein may be used in the present methods.
Nicking enzymes and polymerases of the present methods may be, for example, stable at room temperature, the enzymes may also, for example, be stable at temperatures up to 370C , 420C , 6O0C, 650C, 7O0C, 750C, 8O0C, or 850C. In certain embodiments, the enzymes are stable up to 6O0C.
An enzyme is "thermophilic" when it is stable at temperatures up to 370C , 420C , 50-60C, 54-6O0C, 56-580C, 6O0C, 650C, 7O0C, 750C, 8O0C, or 850C Product or amplified product is defined as the end result of the extension of the template along the target that is nicked and released. This product can then feed back into the amplification cycle, or it can anneal to its complement or a molecular beacon.
A "native nucleotide" refers to adenylic acid, guanylic acid, cytidylic acid, thymidylic acid, or uridylic acid. A "derivatized nucleotide" is a nucleotide other than a native nucleotide.
The reaction may be conducted in the presence of native nucleotides, such as, for example, dideoxyribonucleoside triphosphates (dNTPs). The reaction may also be carried out in the presence of labeled dNTPs, such as, for example, radiolabels such as, for example, 32P, 33P, 125I, or 35S, enzyme labels such as alkaline phosphatase, fluorescent labels such as fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC), biotin, avidin, digoxigenin, antigens, haptens, or fluorochromes. These derivatized nucleotides may, optionally, be present in the templates. By "constant temperature," "isothermal conditions," "essentially isothermal," or
"isothermally" is meant a set of reaction conditions where the temperature of the reaction is kept essentially or substantially constant during the course of the amplification reaction. An advantage of the amplification method of the present methods is that the temperature does not need to be cycled between an upper temperature and a lower temperature. The nicking and the extension reaction will work at the same temperature or within the same narrow temperature range. However, it is not necessary that the temperature be maintained at precisely one temperature. If the equipment used to maintain an elevated temperature allows the temperature of the reaction mixture to vary by a few degrees, or few tenths of a degree, such as, for example, less than 1 degree, 0.8 degrees, 0.6 degrees, 0.4 degrees, or 0.2 degrees, this is not detrimental to the amplification reaction, and may still be considered to be an isothermal reaction.
The term "multiplex amplification" refers to the amplification of more than one nucleic acid of interest. For example, it can refer to the amplification of multiple sequences from the same sample or the amplification of one of several sequences in a sample as discussed, for example, in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,422,252; and 5,470,723, which provide examples of multiplex strand displacement amplification. The term also refers to the amplification of one or more sequences present in multiple samples either simultaneously or in step-wise fashion.
Template Design
Forward and Reverse templates, and first and second templates, are designed so that there is a stabilizing region at the 5' end, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site downstream of the stabilizing region, and a recognition region downstream of the nicking enzyme binding site and the nicking site on the 3' end of the oligonucleotide. The total oligo length can range from 19 to 40, for example from 19-40, 23-40, 20-30, 20-24, 23-24, 23-32, 25-40, 27-40, or 27-35 nucleotides depending on the length of each individual region, the temperature, the length of the target sequence, and the GC concentration. One of ordinary skill in the art would know how to balance these features of the templates. The templates may be designed so that they, together, would bind to less than or equal to 100% of the target sequence, one binding to the sense strand, and one to the antisense strand. The length of each template does not need to be the same length as the other template. For example, where the forward template binds to about 60% of the target antisense strand, the reverse template may, for example, bind to about 40% of the target sense strand. The templates may be designed to allow for spacer bases on the target sequence, that do not bind to either template. The templates thus may be designed to bind to about 30%, about 40%, about 50%, or about 60% of the target sequence.
The recognition region of the forward template is designed to be substantially identical or identical to the 5' region of the target sense strand and complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the target site antisense strand. The recognition region of the forward template is of any suitable length, for example, about 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 or 16 bases in length, and sometimes 8-16, 9-16, 10-16, 8-12, 8- 15, 9-15, 10-15, or 11-14 nucleotides long. In exemplary embodiments, the length is 11- 13, 11-12, 12, or 12-13 nucleotides long. The recognition region of the reverse template is designed to be substantially complementary or complementary to the 3' end of the target site sense strand. The recognition region of the reverse template is of any suitable length, for example, about 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 or 16 bases in length, and sometimes 8-16, 9-16, 10-16, 8-12, 8-15, 9-15, 10-15, or 11-14 nucleotides long. In exemplary embodiments, the length is 11-13, 11-12, 12, or 12-13 nucleotides long. The length of the recognition region of the first template may either be the same as the length of the recognition region of the second template, or may be different.
A recognition sequence of a template often is complementary or substantially complementary to a unique sequence, or substantially unique sequence, of an organism. The term "unique sequence" as used herein refers to a nucleotide sequence in an organism that is present in no other known organism. A "substantially unique sequence" as used herein refers to a nucleotide sequence present in a specific family of organisms, or in up to only about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 other organisms. In some embodiments, a unique sequence or substantially unique sequence is present in ribosomal RNA or in the sense or antisense strand of DNA encoding ribosomal RNA.
Those of ordinary skill in the art are able to determine the appropriate recognition region length for optimal, efficient, amplification. In certain embodiments, to provide appropriate specificity, an 8 base-length template recognition region is a lower limit. The analytical specificity of the reaction is linked to the sum of the recognition regions of the two templates, the forward and the reverse template. If each template has a recognition region of 8 nucleotides, for example, that confers an assay that is able to detect a unique combination of 8+8=16 nucleotides, referred to as the "target size." For a given DNA strand, a target size of 16 nucleotides has 4.29x109 possible combinations. The human genome is 3.3x109 nucleotides long. Therefore, statistically, a specific 16 nucleotide sequence is expected to occur approximately once in the human genome. As the target size decreases, for example to 15 nucleotides, that would be expected to occur, on average, 3 times in the human genome (1.07x109 possibilities in 3.3x109 occurrences), and would therefore not be as specific as a 16 nucleotide target size. For an assay with a recognition region of 7 nucleotides, conferring an assay target size of 14 bases, this would be expected to be present in the human genome 12 times (2.68x108 possibilities in 3.3x109 occurrences). This would generate an assay with reduced specificity that would have less value in a diagnostic setting. Therefore, an 8 base recognition region for each template is often considered to be the lower limit for certain assays. Table 4
# unique
Assay Target Size possibilities
N 4ΛN
14 2.68E+08
15 1.07E+09
16 4.29E+09
17 1.72E+10
18 6.87E+10
19 2.75E+1 1
20 1.10E+12
21 4.40E+12
22 1.76E+13
23 7.04E+13
24 2.81 E+14
25 1.13E+15
26 4.50E+15
Amplification ssays in accordance with the present invention were conducted to determine the optimal length of the recognition region. In 10 minute assays, using either 0 or 100,000 copies of target DNA, a 20 mer recognition region template set did not produce detectable specific product, while specific product was detected using a 12 mer recognition region template set. The use of a 16 mer recognition region template set resulted in specific detectable product, but four-fold less specific product was detected than in an assay using the 12 mer recognition region template set. In certain embodiments, the use of a 15 mer recognition region template set generated more specific product than a 16 mer recognition region template set.
Thus, in certain exemplary embodiments, methods are provided for amplifying a double stranded nucleic acid target sequence comprising contacting a target DNA molecule comprising a double-stranded target sequence, having a sense strand and an antisense strand, with a forward template and a reverse template, wherein the forward template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence antisense strand, wherein the recognition region is from 8 to 15 nucleotides in length; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of the recognition region and a stabilizing region upstream of the nicking enzyme binding site and the nicking site; the reverse template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence sense strand, wherein the recognition region is from 8 to 15 nucleotides in length, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of the recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of the nicking enzyme binding site and the nicking site; providing a first nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of the forward template, and does not nick within the target sequence; providing a second nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of the reverse template and does not nick within the target sequence; and providing a DNA polymerase; under conditions wherein amplification is performed by multiple cycles of the polymerase extending the forward and reverse templates along the target sequence producing a double-stranded nicking site, and the nicking enzymes nicking at the nicking sites, producing an amplification product. Thus, in certain embodiments, the recognition region of the forward or reverse template, or each of the forward and reverse templates is 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, or 15 nucleotides in length. In certain embodiments, the target sequence comprises from 1 to 5 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of the forward template recognition region and the reverse template recognition region
In another exemplary embodiment, methods are provided for amplifying a single- stranded nucleic acid target sequence, comprising contacting a target nucleic acid comprising a single-stranded target sequence with a reverse template, wherein the reverse template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence wherein the recognition region is from 8 to 15 nucleotides in length, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of the recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of the nicking enzyme binding site and the nicking site; providing a first nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of the reverse template, and does not nick within the target sequence; providing a DNA polymerase under conditions wherein the polymerase extends the reverse template along the target sequence; contacting the extended reverse template with a forward template, wherein the forward template comprises a recognition region at the 3 'end that is identical to the 5 'end of the target sequence wherein the recognition region is from 8 to 15 nucleotides in length, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of the recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of the nicking enzyme binding site and the nicking site; providing a second nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of the forward template and does not nick within the target sequence; under conditions wherein amplification is performed by multiple cycles of the polymerase extending the forward and reverse templates along the target sequence producing a double-stranded nicking site, and the nicking enzymes nicking at the nicking sites, producing an amplification. Thus, in certain embodiments, the recognition region of the forward or reverse template, or each of the forward and reverse templates, is 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, or 15 nucleotides in length. In certain embodiments, the target sequence comprises from 1 to 5 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of the forward template recognition region and the reverse template recognition region
In certain embodiments, the temperature at which the amplification reaction is conducted is lower than the melting temperature (Tm) of a template and target. In certain embodiments, the reaction temperature is, for example, from 1 0C -10 0C, 1 0C -8 0C, 1 0C - 6 0C, 1 0C -4 0C, 1 0C -2 0C, 2 0C -10 0C, 2 0C -8 0C, 2 0C -6 0C, 2 0C -4 0C, 2 0C -2 0C from 2 °C-4 0C or from 2 0C, 3 0C, 4 0C, 5 0C, 60C, 70C, or 80C less than the Tm of a template and target. The reaction temperature also often is lower than the Tm of the reaction products (e.g., products of nicking and polymerase extension of the amplification duplex shown in Figure IB and Figure 1C after step 9A). The reaction temperature may be higher than the Tm of the initial template/target sequence complex (drawing above step (1) of Figure IA). Once the template is extended to form a stable complex, the Tm of the stable complex is higher than the reaction temperature. Thus, the Tm of a template/target nucleic acid target often is higher than the reaction temperature, and sometimes the Tm is 5 0C or more higher than the reaction temperature, or for example, about 1 0C, 2 0C, 3 0C, 4 0C, 5 0C, 6 0C, 7 0C, or 8 0C or more higher than the reaction temperature. The Tm of each portion of the nicked strand after nicking often is higher than the reaction temperature, and sometimes the Tm of each nicked portion is 5 0C or more higher than the reaction temperature, or for example, about 1 0C, 2 0C, 3 0C, 4 0C, 5 0C, 6 0C, 7 0C, or 8 0C or more higher than the reaction temperature. The Tm of the template and target may be calculated, for example, using the program provided for the IDT Oligo Analyzer (Integrated DNA Technologies) at World Wide Web URL idtdna-com/analyzer/Applications/OligoAnalyzer/ considering the salt concentration of the reaction conditions. As discussed at the IDT website, the Tm calculations using the Analyzer are conducted as follows:
Melting temperature (TM) is the temperature at which an oligonucleotide duplex is 50% in single-stranded form and 50% in double-stranded form. The Oligo Analyzer estimates TM from the nearest-neighbor two-state model, which is applicable to short DNA duplexes,
TM (° C)= o m° - 273 15
where ΔH° (enthalpy) and ΔS° (entropy) are the melting parameters calculated from the sequence and the published nearest neighbor thermodynamic parameters, R is the ideal gas constant (1.987 cal K^mole"1), [oligo] is the molar concentration of an oligonucleotide, and the constant of -273.15 converts temperature from Kelvin to degrees of Celsius. The most accurate, nearest-neighbor parameters were obtained from the following publications for DNA/DNA base pairs (Allawi,H., SantaLucia,J.,Jr., Biochemistry, 36, 10581), RNA/DNA base pairs (Sugimoto,N. et al, Biochemistry, 34, 11211), RNA/RNA base pairs (Xia,T. et al., Biochemistry, 37, 14719), and LNA/DNA base pairs (McTigue,P.M. et al., Biochemistry, 43, 5388).
TM depends on monovalent salt concentration ([Na+]) of the solvent. The linear TM correction is a method known in the art. As discussed in the IDT website, scientists at IDT performed a large set of UV melting experiments (-3000 measurements) on about 100 short DNA duplexes in a variety of sodium buffers and determined that this linear function is inaccurate. OligoAnalyzer employs the improved quadratic TM salt correction function (Owczarzy,R. et al, Biochemistry, 43, 3537),
■ (4.29f(GC) - 3.9S) X K-T5In[Na+] + 9.40 x 10- 6lnz[Na+]
TM(Na+) TM(1M ui M N3a++^)
where f(GC) is the fraction of GC base pairs.
In certain embodiments, the lengths of the recognition regions are adjusted so that there is at least one nucleotide in the target sequence that is not in the forward template's recognition region and also does not have its complement in the reverse template's recognition region. These spacer bases (which form the "spacer region") are nucleotides contained within the target sequence that lie in between the 3' ends of the forward and reverse templates. The spacer bases are shown in, for example, Figure 30, where they are indicated as the section of the target sense and antisense sequences between the 3' ends of the forward and reverse templates, also indicated within the "spacer region." For example, when templates T2 and Tl of Figure 30 are used with the target, the target sense strand has 1 spacer base (or, a gap of 1 nucleotide) — T, and the target antisense strand has 1 spacer base (or, a gap of 1 -nucleotide) — A. In certain embodiments, 5 spacer bases or less are present in the target sequence. In exemplary embodiments, the number of spacer bases is 2 to 3. In certain embodiments, the number of spacer bases is 1, 2, or 3. In other embodiments, there is 1 spacer base. In other embodiments, there are 2 spacer bases. In other embodiments, there are 3 spacer bases. In other embodiments, the number of spacer bases is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5.
Thus, in exemplary embodiments of the present methods, the target sequence comprises from 1 to 5 nucleotides between the target sequence nucleotide that hybridizes to the 3' end of the first template and the corresponding nucleotide to the nucleotide of the complement of the first strand that hybridizes to the 3' end of the second template. By "corresponding nucleotide" is meant the nucleotide on one strand of the target nucleotide sequence that hybridizes to the complementary strand of the target nucleotide sequence when the two strands are aligned. These 1 to 5 nucleotides are also called spacer bases. These spacer bases allow for distinction of the true amplified product from any background products amplified by extension due to overlapping templates in a similar manner to primer-dimers. This consideration allows for improved discrimination between background noise and amplification of a target sequence. However, these spacer bases are not required for the amplification to proceed.
Thus, in certain exemplary embodiments, methods are provided for amplifying a double stranded nucleic acid target sequence comprising contacting a target DNA molecule comprising a double-stranded target sequence, having a sense strand and an antisense strand, with a forward template and a reverse template, wherein the forward template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence antisense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of the recognition region and a stabilizing region upstream of the nicking enzyme binding site and the nicking site; the reverse template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3 ' end of the target sequence sense strand, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of the recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of the nicking enzyme binding site and the nicking site; providing a first nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of the forward template, and does not nick within the target sequence; providing a second nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of the reverse template and does not nick within the target sequence; and providing a DNA polymerase; under conditions wherein amplification is performed by multiple cycles of the polymerase extending the forward and reverse templates along the target sequence producing a double-stranded nicking site, and the nicking enzymes nicking at the nicking sites, producing an amplification product, wherein the target sequence comprises from 1 to 5 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of the forward template recognition region and the reverse template recognition region. Thus, in certain embodiments, the target sequence comprises 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of the forward template recognition region and the reverse template recognition region.
In another exemplary embodiment, methods are provided for amplifying a single- stranded nucleic acid target sequence, comprising contacting a target nucleic acid comprising a single-stranded target sequence with a reverse template, wherein the reverse template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of the recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of the nicking enzyme binding site and the nicking site; providing a first nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of the reverse template, and does not nick within the target sequence; providing a DNA polymerase under conditions wherein the polymerase extends the reverse template along the target sequence; contacting the extended reverse template with a forward template, wherein the forward template comprises a recognition region at the 3 'end that is identical to the 5'end of the target sequence a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of the recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of the nicking enzyme binding site and the nicking site; providing a second nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of the forward template and does not nick within the target sequence; under conditions wherein amplification is performed by multiple cycles of the polymerase extending the forward and reverse templates along the target sequence producing a double-stranded nicking site, and the nicking enzymes nicking at the nicking sites, producing an amplification product , wherein the target sequence comprises from 1 to 5 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of the forward template recognition region and the reverse template recognition region. Thus, in certain embodiments, the target sequence comprises 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of the forward template recognition region and the reverse template recognition region.
The nicking enzyme binding site sequence of the template depends on which nicking enzyme is chosen for each template. Different nicking enzymes may be used in a single assay, but a simple amplification may, for example, employ a single nicking enzyme for use with both templates. Thus, the embodiments of the present methods include those where both templates comprise recognition sites for the same nicking enzyme, and only one nicking enzyme is used in the reaction. In these embodiments, both the first and second nicking enzymes are the same. The present methodalso includes those embodiments where each template comprises a recognition site for a different nicking enzyme, and two nicking enzymes are used in the reaction.
For example, in the case of NtBstNBI, the enzyme binding site is 5'-GAGTC-3' and the enzyme nicks the top strand four nucleotides down stream of this site (i.e.,
GAGTCNNNNΛ). The amplification reaction shows little dependence on the sequence of these four nucleotides (N), though optimal sequence of this region is 25% or less GC content and with a thymine adjacent to the 5' nucleotide of the binding region. The latter stipulation allows for the priming ability of products that have an additional adenine added on by the polymerase. The sequence of the four nucleotides can be optimized to create or eliminate the presence of hairpins, self-dimers, or heterodimers, depending on the application. The stabilizing region on the 5' end of the template oligonucleotide is designed to be roughly 50% GC. Thus, the GC content may be, for example, about 40%-60%, about 42%-58%, about 44%-56%, about 46%-54%, about 48%-52%, or about 49%-51%. These parameters result in a stabilizing region length of 8-11 nucleotides for the Nt.BstNBI enzyme, though lengths as short as 6 and as long as 15 nucleotides have been tested and were shown to work in this amplification method. Longer stabilizing regions or increased %GC to greater than 50 % could further stabilize the nicking and extension reactions at higher reaction temperatures. The sequence of the 5' stabilizing regions of forward and reverse templates are usually identical, but can be varied if the aim is to capture each product strand independently. The sequence of this region should not interfere with the nicking site or the recognition region, though short internal hairpins within the template sequence have been shown to have improved real-time results.
In certain embodiments, one or more agents that destabilize nucleic acid interaction (e.g., inter-strand or intra-strand interactions) are included in an amplification process, and in alternative embodiments, one or more of such agents are not included in an amplification process. Examples of agents that destabilize nucleic acid interaction are those that destabilize double-stranded structure (e.g., double-stranded DNA), and/or structures within a strand (e.g., secondary or tertiary structures in RNA), and include, without limitation, betaines and other tetra-ammonium compounds, formamide, glycerol, sorbitol, sodium perchlorate, dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), lower alkyl alcohols (e.g., ethanol; 1-4 carbon alcohols), urea, trialkyl ammonium salts (e.g., triethyl ammonium chloride), single strand binding (ssb) proteins, such as, for example, E. coli ssb, helicases, such as, for example, E. coli DNA helicases I, II, or IV, lower alkyl (1-4 C) alcohols, and the like. Without being bound by theory, such agents lower the melting temperature (Tm) of nucleic acid interactions (e.g., lower duplex Tm). Those of ordinary skill in the art may determine the appropriate destabilizing agent and appropriate destabilizing agent concentration for the reaction, considering, for example, the amount of destabilization as well as the need to maintain enzymatic activity. Examples of concentrations include about 10% glycerol, about 10% sodium perchlorate, about 10% DMSO, about 10% sorbitol, about 2.4 molar triethyl ammonium chloride, and about greater than 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 molar betaine, for example, about 5-6 molar betaine. Betaine, or N,N,N-trimethylglycine, may be purchased from, for example Sigma-Aldrich, for example, catalog numbers B2629 or B0300. It may be used, for example, in combination with low concentrations of DMSO, for example, about 1-2, or about 1.3% DMSO to about IM betaine.
The templates of the present methods may include, for example, spacers, blocking groups, and modified nucleotides. Modified nucleotides are nucleotides or nucleotide triphosphates that differ in composition and/or structure from natural nucleotide and nucleotide triphosphates. Modified nucleotide or nucleotide triphosphates used herein may, for example, be modified in such a way that, when the modifications are present on one strand of a double-stranded nucleic acid where there is a restriction endonuclease recognition site, the modified nucleotide or nucleotide triphosphates protect the modified strand against cleavage by restriction enzymes. Thus, the presence of the modified nucleotides or nucleotide triphosphates encourages the nicking rather than the cleavage of the double-stranded nucleic acid. Blocking groups are chemical moieties that can be added to the template to inhibit target sequence-independent nucleic acid polymerization by the polymerase. Blocking groups are usually located at the 3' end of the template. Examples of blocking groups include, for example, alkyl groups, non-nucleotide linkers, phosphorothioate, alkane-diol residues, peptide nucleic acid, and nucleotide derivatives lacking a 3'-OH, including, for example, cordycepin. Examples of spacers, include, for example, C3 spacers. Spacers may be used, for example, within the template, and also, for example, at the 5' end, to attach other groups, such as, for example, labels.
Unmodified nucleotides often are provided for template extension. Unmodified nucleotides and nucleotide derivatives often are not provided for incorporation into extended templates. In certain embodiments, however, one or more modified nucleotides or nucleotide derivatives may be provided and incorporated into an extended template.
The amplification reaction may also include helper oligonucleotides. Helper oligonucleotides are oligonucleotides that are, for example, about 5-10, 5-15, 5-20, nucleotides long. The presence of helper oligonucleotides may increase the speed, amount, or sensitivity of the amplification reaction. Helper oligonucleotides are not incorporated into the final product. Those of ordinary skill in the art would be able to determine the appropriate helper oligonucleotides to add to a reaction, as well as the amount to add. One example of a way to determine the appropriate helper oligonucleotides is to synthesize oligonucleotides that are complementary to various regions of the target nucleic acid or its complement, and add them to the assay in varying amounts, comparing the assay with the helper oligonucleotides to one without helper oligonucleotides as a control. Helper oligonucleotides may be synthesized that are complementary to regions upstream or downstream of the recognition region, or its complement. For example, sets of helper oligonucleotides about 10 bases long may be synthesized that are complementary to regions spaced every 5-10 bases upstream or downstream of the recognition region, then tested in pairs for their ability to enhance the amplification reaction. Detailed Mechanism of Amplification
Amplification reactions of the present methods require the presence of a nucleic acid target, at least two template oligonucleotides, a nicking enzyme, for example, a thermophilic nicking enzyme, a thermophilic polymerase, and buffer components all held at the reaction temperature. The recognition region of the templates interacts with the complementary or substantially complementary target sequence. Since the melting temperature of the complementary or substantially complementary regions of the target and template is well below the reaction temperature, the interaction between the two nucleic acid strands is transient, but allows enough time for a thermophilic polymerase to extend from the 3' end of the template along the target strand. Experiments have shown that certain polymerases bind to single-stranded oligonucleotides. The pre-formation of this complex can facilitate the speed of the amplification process.
For a double-stranded target, both templates can interact with the corresponding target strands simultaneously (forward template with the antisense strand and reverse template with the sense strand) during the normal breathing of double-stranded DNA. The target may also be generated by a single or double nick sites within the genome sequence. For a single-stranded target (either RNA or DNA), the reverse template binds and extends first (Figure 1, Step 1 and 2). The extended sequence contains the complement to the forward template. The forward template then displaces a region of the target and binds to the 3' synthesized region complementary or substantially complementary to the recognition region of the forward template (Step 3). Alternatively, another reverse template can also displace the initial extended reverse template at the recognition region to create a single-stranded extended reverse template for the forward template to bind. The initial binding and extension of the templates is facilitated by a non-processive polymerase that extends shorter strands of DNA so that the melting temperature of the synthesized product is above the reaction temperature. The single-stranded product is then available for the next template recognition site to bind and polymerase to extend.
The forward template is extended to the 5' end of the reverse template, creating a double-stranded nicking enzyme binding site for the reverse template (Step 5). The nicking enzyme then binds to the duplex and nicks directly upstream of the recognition sequence of the reverse template strand (in the case of a top-strand nicking enzyme) (Step 6). The nucleic acid sequence downstream of the nick is either released (if the melting temperature is near the reaction temperature) and/or is displaced by the polymerase synthesis from the 3'-OH nick site. Polymerase extends along the forward template to the 5' end of the forward template (Step 8). The double-strand formed from the extension of both templates creates a nicking enzyme binding site on either end of the duplex. This double-strand is termed the NEAR™ amplification duplex. When nicking enzyme binds and nicks, either the target product located in between the two nick sites (with 5'- phosphate and 3'-OH) is released, usually ranging in length from (but is not limited to) 23 to 29 bases (Steps 9-1 IA), or the singly-nicked product containing the target product and the reverse complement of the nick site and stability region of the template (usually 36 to 48 bases in length) is released (Steps 9-1 IB). Another depiction of mechanisms of the reaction is presented in Figure 33. The ratio of products 1 to 2 can be adjusted by varying the concentrations of the templates. The forward:reverse template ratio may vary from, for example, molar ratios of 100: 1, 75: 1; 50: 1, 40: 1, 30: 1, 20: 1, 10: 1, 5: 1, 2.5: 1, 1: 1, 1 :2.5, 1 :5, 1: 10, 1 :20, 1 :30, 1 :40, 1 :50, 1 :75, or 1 : 100. The ratio of products (A to B) is dependent on the ratio of nicking enzyme to polymerase, i.e. a higher concentration of polymerase results in more of the longer length product (B) since there is comparatively less nicking enzyme to nick both strands simultaneously before the polymerase extends. Since displaced/released product of the reverse template feeds into the forward template and vice versa, exponential amplification is achieved. The nicking enzyme:polymerase ratio may vary from, for example, enzyme unit ratios of 20: 1, 15: 1; 10: 1, 5: 1, 4: 1, 3: 1, 2: 1, 1.5: 1, 1 : 1, 1 : 1.5, 1 :2, 1 :3, 1:4, 1 :5, 1 : 10, 1 : 15, 1 :20. In certain embodiments, the ratio of nicking enzyme to polymerase may, for example, be 1 :3, 1 :2, 1: 1.5, or 1:0.8. Those of ordinary skill in the art recognize that these ratios may represent rounded values. This nicking and polymerase extension process continues until one of the resources (usually dNTPs or enzyme) is exhausted.
As demonstrated in the Examples, the time that the reaction is run may vary from, for example, within about 1 minute, or within about 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 or 20 minutes. Longer reaction times may produce acceptable results where speed is not an issue. In some embodiments, the reaction is between 1-20 minutes, 1-15 minutes or 1-10, 1-8, 1-5, 1-2.5, 2.5-5, 2.5-8, 2.5-10, or 2.5-20 minutes in certain embodiments. The amplification processes described herein are efficient, and in some embodiments, as shown, for example, in the Examples, there is about lxl06-fold or more amplification, about lxl07-fold or more amplification, about lxl08-fold or more amplification, about lxl09-fold or more amplification, or about Ixl010-fold or more amplification in the time frame of the reaction, for example, in 5 or ten minutes. The reaction is highly sensitive, and is able to detect, for example, as low as about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, or 100 copies, or more, in a sample, as many as 200, 500, 1,000, 5,000, or 10,000, or more copies in a sample, or, for example, may detect a target that is present at a concentration of, for example, about 3.32E- 13 micromolar to about 3.32E-8 micromolar, about 1.66E-12 micromolar to about 3.32E-8 micromolar, about 3.32E-13 micromolar to about 3.32E-7 micromolar, or about 3.32E-13 micromolar to about 3.32E-6 micromolar. In certain exemplary embodiments, methods are provided for amplifying a double stranded nucleic acid target sequence comprising contacting a target DNA molecule comprising a double-stranded target sequence, having a sense strand and an antisense strand, with a forward template and a reverse template, wherein the forward template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence antisense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of the recognition region and a stabilizing region upstream of the nicking enzyme binding site and the nicking site; the reverse template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence sense strand, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of the recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of the nicking enzyme binding site and the nicking site; providing a first nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of the forward template, and does not nick within the target sequence; providing a second nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of the reverse template and does not nick within the target sequence; and providing a DNA polymerase; under conditions wherein amplification is performed by multiple cycles of the polymerase extending the forward and reverse templates along the target sequence producing a double-stranded nicking site, and the nicking enzymes nicking at the nicking sites, producing an amplification product, wherein about 106 (IE +06) copies of a target sequence are produced in 10 minutes, under isothermal conditions. In other embodiments, about 107 (IE +07) copies are produced in 10 minutes. For multiplexed assays, the time to produce the same amount of copies may be increased to about, for example, 12, 14, 15, 18, or 20 minutes. The size of the target sequence in these assays, for purposes of calculating the efficiency, may be, for example, from about 20 to about 40 nucleotides, from 20 to 30 nucleotides, or, for example, from about 20 to about 33 nucleotides. The time of the reaction is calculated from the time that all of the reaction products are present in the same vessel, container, or the like, so that the amplification reaction may start, to the time that heat is applied or chemical agents are added to stop the reaction.
In another exemplary embodiment, methods are provided for amplifying a single- stranded nucleic acid target sequence, comprising contacting a target nucleic acid comprising a single-stranded target sequence with a reverse template, wherein the reverse template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of the recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of the nicking enzyme binding site and the nicking site; providing a first nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of the reverse template, and does not nick within the target sequence; providing a DNA polymerase under conditions wherein the polymerase extends the reverse template along the target sequence; contacting the extended reverse template with a forward template, wherein the forward template comprises a recognition region at the 3 'end that is identical to the 5'end of the target sequence a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of the recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of the nicking enzyme binding site and the nicking site; providing a second nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of the forward template and does not nick within the target sequence; under conditions wherein amplification is performed by multiple cycles of the polymerase extending the forward and reverse templates along the target sequence producing a double-stranded nicking site, and the nicking enzymes nicking at the nicking sites, producing an amplification product, wherein about 106 (IE +06) copies of a target sequence are produced in 10 minutes, under isothermal conditions. In other embodiments, about 107 (IE +07) copies are produced in 10 minutes. For multiplexed assays, the time to produce the same amount of copies may be increased to about, for example, 12, 14, 15, 18, or 20 minutes. The size of the target sequence in these assays, for purposes of calculating the efficiency, may be, for example, from about 20 to about 40 nucleotides, or, for example, from about 20 to about 33 nucleotides. The time of the reaction is calculated from the time that all of the reaction products are present in the same vessel, container, or the like, so that the amplification reaction may start.
The present methods do not require the use of temperature cycling, as often is required in methods of amplification to dissociate the target sequence from the amplified nucleic acid. The temperature of the reaction may vary based on the length of the sequence, and the GC concentration, but, as understood by those of ordinary skill in the art, the temperature should be high enough to minimize non-specific binding. The temperature should also be suitable for the enzymes of the reaction, the nicking enzyme and the polymerase. For example, the reaction may be run at about 520C, 530C, 540C, 550C, 560C, 570C, 580C, 590C, or 6O0C. In some embodiments, the reaction is run at about 37°C-85°C, 370C -6O0C, 54°C-60°C, 55°C-60°C, 58°C-60°C and, in exemplary embodiments, from 56°C-58°C. In certain embodiments, there is no denaturation step in the process. The entire amplification process, including interacting templates with target nucleic acid, is conducted within substantially isothermal conditions, and without a denaturing step (e.g., no significant temperature increase (e.g., no increase in temperature to 90-110 0C)), in some embodiments of the present methods. Thus, in certain exemplary embodiments, methods are provided for amplifying a double stranded nucleic acid target sequence comprising contacting a target DNA molecule comprising a double-stranded target sequence, having a sense strand and an antisense strand, with a forward template and a reverse template, wherein the forward template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence antisense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of the recognition region and a stabilizing region upstream of the nicking enzyme binding site and the nicking site; the reverse template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence sense strand, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of the recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of the nicking enzyme binding site and the nicking site; providing a first nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of the forward template, and does not nick within the target sequence; providing a second nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of the reverse template and does not nick within the target sequence; and providing a DNA polymerase; under conditions wherein amplification is performed by multiple cycles of the polymerase extending the forward and reverse templates along the target sequence producing a double-stranded nicking site, and the nicking enzymes nicking at the nicking sites, producing an amplification product, wherein the foregoing steps are conducted under isothermal conditions.
In another exemplary embodiment, methods are provided for amplifying a single- stranded nucleic acid target sequence, comprising contacting a target nucleic acid comprising a single-stranded target sequence with a reverse template, wherein the reverse template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of the recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of the nicking enzyme binding site and the nicking site; providing a first nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of the reverse template, and does not nick within the target sequence; providing a DNA polymerase under conditions wherein the polymerase extends the reverse template along the target sequence; contacting the extended reverse template with a forward template, wherein the forward template comprises a recognition region at the 3 'end that is identical to the 5'end of the target sequence a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of the recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of the nicking enzyme binding site and the nicking site; providing a second nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of the forward template and does not nick within the target sequence; under conditions wherein amplification is performed by multiple cycles of the polymerase extending the forward and reverse templates along the target sequence producing a double-stranded nicking site, and the nicking enzymes nicking at the nicking sites, producing an amplification product, wherein the foregoing steps are conducted under isothermal conditions. The polymerase may be mixed with the target nucleic acid molecule before, after, or at the same time as, the nicking enzyme. In exemplary embodiments, a reaction buffer is optimized to be suitable for both the nicking enzyme and the polymerase.
Reactions may be allowed to completion, that is, when one of the resources is exhausted. Or, the reaction may be stopped using methods known to those of ordinary skill in the art, such as, for example, heat inactivation, or the addition of EDTA, high salts, or detergents. In exemplary embodiments, where mass spectrometry is to be used following amplification, EDTA may be used to stop the reaction.
Reaction Components
In a 1.5 mL Eppendorf tube combine the following reagents in order from top to bottom:
Figure imgf000044_0001
The concentrations of components for the reaction conditions in this example are as follows:
Concentration Component
45.7mM Tris-HCl
13.9 mM KCl
1O mM (NH4)2SO4
5O mM NaCl
0.5 mM DTT
15 mM MgCl2
0.10% Triton X- 100
0.008 mM EDTA
6 μg/mL BSA
3.90% Glycerol (can be lower if using a more concentrated enzyme stock)
0.3 U/microliter Nt.BstNBI
0.1-0.4 U/microliter B st polymerase (large fragment)
O.lmicromolar Forward template
0.1 micromolar Reverse template
Variations in buffer conditions, MgSO4 concentration, polymerase concentration, and template concentrations all can be optimized based on the assay sequence and desired detection method. The amount of glycerol may, for example, be lowered if a more concentrated enzyme stock is used. In certain embodiments, the concentration of Mg2+ ions added as a reactant is about 9mM to about 25 mM, about 9mM to 21 mM, about 9 to 21 mM, about 9 to 20 mM, about 9 to 15 mM, and, in exemplary embodiments, about 1OmM to about 18 mM, about 1OmM to about 25 mM, about 1OmM to 21 mM, about 12 to 21 mM, about 10 to 20 mM, about 10 to 15 mM, about 10.3 mM to about 20 mM, about 10.3 mM to about 14.9 mM, or about 15 mM, for example. Also, those of ordinary skill in the art recognize that the reaction may be run without EDTA or BSA; these components may be present in the reaction as part of the storage buffers for the enzymes. The volumes can be scaled for larger or smaller total reaction volumes. The volume is usually between 5 μL and 100 μL.
The template concentrations are typically in excess of the concentration of target. The concentrations of the forward and reverse templates can be at the same or at different concentrations to bias the amplification of one product over the other. The concentration of each is usually between 10 nM and lμM.
Additives such as BSA, non-ionic detergents such as Triton X-100 or Tween-20, DMSO, DTT, and RNase inhibitor may be included for optimization purposes without adversely affecting the amplification reaction. Preparing/Adding Target
Targets may be diluted in 1 x Thermopol Buffer II, 1 x TE (pH 7.5) or H2O. Hot start conditions allow for faster, more specific amplification. In this case, the reaction mix (minus either enzymes or templates and target) is heated to the reaction temperature for 2 minutes, after which the reaction mix is added to the other component (enzymes or templates/target). The target can be added in any volume up to the total amount of water required in the reaction. In this case, the target would be diluted in water. In the example above for a 50 microliter total reaction volume, 2.5 microliters of the prepared target should be added per reaction to bring the total reaction volume to 50 microliters. Reaction volumes of the present methods can be increased or decreased, depending on the needs of the user. Reaction volumes of, for example, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50 microliters or more, or larger reaction volumes of, for example, 75, 100, 150, 200, 300, 400, 500 microliters, for example, may be used in the present methods.
Running the Reaction
The reaction is run at a constant temperature, usually between 54°C and 600C for the enzyme combination of Bst polymerase (large fragment) and Nt.Bst.NBl nicking enzyme. Other enzyme combinations may be used and the optimal reaction temperature will be based on the optimal temperature for both the nicking enzyme and polymerase to work in concert as well as the melting temperature of the reaction products. The reaction is held at temperature for 2.5 to 10 minutes, for example, until the desired amount of amplification is achieved. The reaction may be stopped by either a heat inactivation step to inactivate the enzymes (when using enzymes that can be heat-killed). Alternatively, the reaction may be stopped by adding EDTA to the reaction.
Readout
The amplified target sequence may be detected by any method known to one of ordinary skill in the art. By way of non-limiting example, several of these known methods are presented herein. In one method, amplified products may be detected by gel electrophoresis, thus detecting reaction products having a specific length. The nucleotides may, for example, be labeled, such as, for example, with biotin. Biotin-labeled amplified sequences may be captured using avidin bound to a signal generating enzyme, for example, peroxidase. Nucleic acid detection methods may employ the use of dyes that specifically stain double-stranded DNA. Intercalating dyes that exhibit enhanced fluorescence upon binding to DNA or RNA are a basic tool in molecular and cell biology. Dyes may be, for example, DNA or RNA intercalating fluorophores and may include but are not limited to the following examples: Acridine orange, ethidium bromide, Hoechst dyes, PicoGreen, propidium iodide, SYBR I (an asymmetrical cyanine dye), SYBR II, TOTO (a thiaxole orange dimer) and YOYO (an oxazole yellow dimer), and the like. Dyes provide an opportunity for increasing the sensitivity of nucleic acid detection when used in conjunction with various detection methods and may have varying optimal usage parameters. For example ethidium bromide is commonly used to stain DNA in agarose gels after gel electrophoresis and during PCR (Hiquchi et al, Nature Biotechnology 10; 413-417, April 1992), propidium iodide and Hoechst 33258 are used in flow cytometry to determine DNA ploidy of cells, SYBR Green 1 has been used in the analysis of double- stranded DNA by capillary electrophoresis with laser induced fluorescence detection and Pico Green has been used to enhance the detection of double-stranded DNA after matched ion pair polynucleotide chromatography (Singer et al., Analytical Biochemistry 249, 229- 238 1997).
Nucleic acid detection methods may also employ the use of labeled nucleotides incorporated directly into the target sequence or into probes containing complementary or substantially complementary sequences to the target of interest. Such labels may be radioactive and/or fluorescent in nature and can be resolved in any of the manners discussed herein. Labeled nucleotides, which can be detected but otherwise function as native nucleotides, are to be distinguished from modified nucleotides, which do not function as native nucleotides. Methods of detecting and/or continuously monitoring the amplification of nucleic acid products are also well known to those skilled in the art and several examples are described below.
The production or presence of target nucleic acids and nucleic acid sequences may be detected and monitored by Molecular Beacons. Molecular Beacons are hair-pin shaped oligonucleotides containing a fluorophore on one end and a quenching dye on the opposite end. The loop of the hair-pin contains a probe sequence that is complementary or substantially complementary to a target sequence and the stem is formed by annealing of complementary or substantially complementary arm sequences located on either side of the probe sequence. A fluorophore and a quenching molecule are covalently linked at opposite ends of each arm. Under conditions that prevent the oligonucleotides from hybridizing to its complementary or substantially complementary target or when the molecular beacon is free in solution the fluorescent and quenching molecules are proximal to one another preventing fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET). When the molecular beacon encounters a target molecule, hybridization occurs; the loop structure is converted to a stable more rigid conformation causing separation of the fluorophore and quencher molecules leading to fluorescence (Tyagi et al. Nature Biotechnology 14: March 1996, 303-308). Due to the specificity of the probe, the generation of fluorescence is exclusively due to the synthesis of the intended amplified product. Molecular beacons are extraordinarily specific and can discern a single nucleotide polymorphism. Molecular beacons can also be synthesized with different colored fluorophores and different target sequences, enabling several products in the same reaction to be quantified simultaneously. For quantitative amplification processes, molecular beacons can specifically bind to the amplified target following each cycle of amplification, and because non-hybridized molecular beacons are dark, it is not necessary to isolate the probe-target hybrids to quantitatively determine the amount of amplified product. The resulting signal is proportional to the amount of amplified product. This can be done in real time. As with other real time formats, the specific reaction conditions must be optimized for each primer/probe set to ensure accuracy and precision. The production or presence of target nucleic acids and nucleic acid sequences may also be detected and monitored by Fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET). FRET is an energy transfer mechanism between two chromophores: a donor and an acceptor molecule. Briefly, a donor fluorophore molecule is excited at a specific excitation wavelength. The subsequent emission from the donor molecule as it returns to its ground state may transfer excitation energy to the acceptor molecule through a long range dipole- dipole interaction. The intensity of the emission of the acceptor molecule can be monitored and is a function of the distance between the donor and the acceptor, the overlap of the donor emission spectrum and the acceptor absorption spectrum and the orientation of the donor emission dipole moment and the acceptor absorption dipole moment. FRET is a useful tool to quantify molecular dynamics, for example, in DNA- DNA interactions as seen with Molecular Beacons. For monitoring the production of a specific product a probe can be labeled with a donor molecule on one end and an acceptor molecule on the other. Probe-target hybridization brings a change in the distance or orientation of the donor and acceptor and FRET change is observed. (Joseph R. Lakowicz, "Principles of Fluorescence Spectroscopy", Plenum Publishing Corporation, 2nd edition (July 1, 1999)).
The production or presence of target nucleic acids and nucleic acid sequences may also be detected and monitored by Mass Spectrometry. Mass Spectrometry is an analytical technique that may be used to determine the structure and quantity of the target nucleic acid species and can be used to provide rapid analysis of complex mixtures. Following the method, samples are ionized, the resulting ions separated in electric and/or magnetic fields according to their mass-to-charge ratio, and a detector measures the mass- to-charge ratio of ions. (Crain, P. F. and McCloskey, J. A., Current Opinion in Biotechnology 9: 25-34 (1998)). Mass spectrometry methods include, for example, MALDI, MALDI/TOF, or Electrospray. These methods may be combined with gas chromatography (GC/MS) and liquid chromatography (LC/MS). MS has been applied to the sequence determination of DNA and RNA oligonucleotides (Limbach P., MassSpectrom. Rev. 15: 297-336 (1996); Murray K., J. Mass Spectrom. 31 : 1203-1215 (1996)). MS and more particularly, matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization MS (MALDI MS) has the potential of very high throughput due to high-speed signal acquisition and automated analysis off solid surfaces. It has been pointed out that MS, in addition to saving time, measures an intrinsic property of the molecules, and therefore yields a significantly more informative signal (Koster H. et al., Nature Biotechnol., 14: 1123-1128 (1996)).
The production or presence of target nucleic acids and nucleic acid sequences may also be detected and monitored by various methods of gel electrophoresis. Gel electrophoresis involves the separation of nucleic acids through a matrix, generally a cross-linked polymer, using an electromotive force that pulls the molecules through the matrix. Molecules move through the matrix at different rates causing a separation between products that can be visualized and interpreted via any one of a number of methods including but not limited to; autoradiography, phosphorimaging, and staining with nucleic acid chelating dyes.
The production or presence of target nucleic acids and nucleic acid sequences may also be detected and monitored by capillary gel electrophoresis. Capillary-gel
Electrophoresis (CGE) is a combination of traditional gel electrophoresis and liquid chromatography that employs a medium such as polyacrylamide in a narrow bore capillary to generate fast, high-efficient separations of nucleic acid molecules with up to single base resolution. CGE is commonly combined with laser induced fluorescence (LIF) detection where as few as six molecules of stained DNA can be detected. CGE/LIF detection generally involves the use of fluorescent DNA intercalating dyes including ethidium bromide, YOYO and SYBR Green 1 but can also involve the use of fluorescent DNA derivatives where the fluorescent dye is covalently bound to the DNA. Simultaneous identification of several different target sequences can be made using this method.
The production or presence of target nucleic acids and nucleic acid sequences may also be detected and monitored by various surface capture methods. This is accomplished by the immobilization of specific oligonucleotides to a surface producing a biosensor that is both highly sensitive and selective. Surfaces used in this method may include but are not limited to gold and carbon and may use a number of covalent or noncovalent coupling methods to attach the probe to the surface. The subsequent detection of a target DNA can be monitored by a variety of methods.
Electrochemical methods generally involve measuring the cathodic peak of intercalators, such as methylene blue, on the DNA probe electrode and visualized with square wave voltammograms. Binding of the target sequence can be observed by a decrease in the magnitude of the voltammetric reduction signals of methylene blue as it interacts with dsDNA and ssDNA differently reflecting the extent of the hybrid formation.
Surface Plasmon Resonance (SPR) can also be used to monitor the kinetics of probe attachment as well as the process of target capture. SPR does not require the use of fluorescence probes or other labels. SPR relies on the principle of light being reflected and refracted on an interface of two transparent media of different refractive indexes. Using monochromatic and p-polarized light and two transparent media with an interface comprising a thin layer of gold, total reflection of light is observed beyond a critical angle, however the electromagnetic field component of the light penetrates into the medium of lower refractive index creating an evanescent wave and a sharp shadow (surface plasmon resonance). This is due to the resonance energy transfer between the wave and the surface plasmons. The resonance conditions are influenced by the material absorbed on the thin metal film and nucleic acid molecules, proteins and sugars concentrations are able to be measured based on the relation between resonance units and mass concentration. The production or presence of target nucleic acids and nucleic acid sequences may also be detected and monitored by lateral flow devices. Lateral Flow devices are well known. These devices generally include a solid phase fluid permeable flow path through which fluid flows through by capillary force. Examples include, but are not limited to, dipstick assays and thin layer chromatographic plates with various appropriate coatings. Immobilized on the flow path are various binding reagents for the sample, binding partners or conjugates involving binding partners for the sample and signal producing systems. Detection of samples can be achieved in several manners; enzymatic detection, nanoparticle detection, colorimetric detection, and fluorescence detection, for example. Enzymatic detection may involve enzyme-labeled probes that are hybridized to complementary or substantially complementary nucleic aid targets on the surface of the lateral flow device. The resulting complex can be treated with appropriate markers to develop a readable signal. Nanoparticle detection involves bead technology that may use colloidal gold, latex and paramagnetic nanoparticles. In one example, beads may be conjugated to an anti-biotin antibody. Target sequences may be directly biotinylated, or target sequences may be hybridized to a sequence specific biotinylated probes. Gold and latex give rise to colorimetric signals visible to the naked eye and paramagnetic particles give rise to a non-visual signal when excited in a magnetic field and can be interpreted by a specialized reader. Fluorescence-based lateral flow detection methods are also known, for example, dual fluorescein and biotin-labeled oligo probe methods, UPT-NALF utilizing up- converting phosphor reporters composed of lanthanide elements embedded in a crystal (Corstjens et al., Clinical Chemistry, 47: 10, 1885-1893, 2001), as well as the use of quantum dots. Nucleic acids can also be captured on lateral flow devices. Means of capture may include antibody dependent and antibody independent methods. Antibody-dependent capture generally comprises an antibody capture line and a labeled probe that is complementary or substantially complementary sequence to the target. Antibody- independent capture generally uses non-covalent interactions between two binding partners, for example, the high affinity and irreversible linkage between a biotinylated probe and a streptavidin line. Capture probes may be immobilized directly on lateral flow membranes. Both antibody dependent and antibody independent methods may be used in multiplexing.
The production or presence of target nucleic acids and nucleic acid sequences may also be detected and monitored by multiplex DNA sequencing. Multiplex DNA sequencing is a means of identifying target DNA sequences from a pool of DNA. The technique allows for the simultaneous processing of many sequencing templates. Pooled multiple templates can be resolved into individual sequences at the completion of processing. Briefly, DNA molecules are pooled, amplified and chemically fragmented. Products are fractionated by size on sequencing gels and transferred to nylon membranes. The membranes are probed and autoradiographed using methods similar to those used in standard DNA sequencing techniques (Church et al., Science 1998 Apr 8;240(4849): 185- 188). Autoradiographs can be evaluated and the presence of target nucleic acid sequence can be quantified.
Kits
Kits used for the present methods may comprise, for example, one or more polymerases, forward and reverse templates, and one or more nicking enzymes, as described herein. Where one target is to be amplified, one or two nicking enzymes may be included in the kit. Where multiple target sequences are to be amplified, and the templates designed for those target sequences comprise the nicking enzyme binding sites for the same nicking enzyme, then one or two nicking enzymes may be included. Or, where the templates are recognized by different nicking enzymes, more nicking enzymes may be included in the kit, such as, for example, 3 or more.
The kits used for the present methods may also comprise one or more of the components in any number of separate containers, packets, tubes, vials, microtiter plates and the like, or the components may be combined in various combinations in such containers. The components of the kit may, for example, be present in one or more containers, for example, all of the components may be in one container, or, for example, the enzymes may be in a separate container from the templates. The components may, for example, be lyophilized, freeze dried, or in a stable buffer. In one example, the polymerase and nicking enzymes are in lyophilized form in a single container, and the templates are either lyophilized, freeze dried, or in buffer, in a different container. Or, in another example, the polymerase, nicking enzymes, and the templates are, in lyophilized form, in a single container. Or, the polymerase and the nicking enzyme may be separated into different containers.
Kits may further comprise, for example, dNTPs used in the reaction, or modified nucleotides, cuvettes or other containers used for the reaction, or a vial of water or buffer for re-hydrating lyophilized components. The buffer used may, for example, be appropriate for both polymerase and nicking enzyme activity.
The kits used for the present methods may also comprise instructions for performing one or more methods described herein and/or a description of one or more compositions or reagents described herein. Instructions and/or descriptions may be in printed form and may be included in a kit insert. A kit also may include a written description of an Internet location that provides such instructions or descriptions.
Kits may further comprise reagents used for detection methods, such as, for example, reagents used for FRET, lateral flow devices, dipsticks, fluorescent dye, colloidal gold particles, latex particles, a molecular beacon, or polystyrene beads.
An advantage of the present methods and the present kits is that they can be used in any device that provides a constant temperature, including thermocyclers, incubation ovens, water baths, and heat blocks. Thus, provided in the present methods is method for nucleotide sequence amplification, which comprises: combining a target nucleic acid having a target nucleotide sequence with (i) a polymerase, (ii) a first template nucleic acid that hybridizes to the a first strand of the target nucleotide sequence, and (iii) a second template nucleic acid that hybridizes to the complement of the first strand of the target nucleotide sequence, in an amplification reaction, under conditions in which the polymerase extends the template nucleic acids, thereby generating extended template nucleic acid amplicons; wherein:the target nucleotide sequence is between 20 and 40 nucleotides in length; the target nucleotide sequence is amplified lE+6-fold or more in about ten minutes; and the foregoing steps are conducted under substantially isothermal conditions. Also provided is a method for nucleotide sequence amplification, which comprises: combining a target nucleic acid having a target nucleotide sequence with (i) a polymerase, (ii) a first template nucleic acid that hybridizes to the a first strand of the target nucleotide sequence, and (iii) a second template nucleic acid that hybridizes to the complement of the first strand of the target nucleotide sequence, in an amplification reaction, under conditions in which the polymerase extends the template nucleic acids, thereby generating extended template nucleic acid amplicons; wherein:the target nucleotide sequence is between 20 and 40 nucleotides in length; the first template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a first template recognition region at the 3 ' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the first strand of the target nucleotide sequence; the second template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising a second template recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the complement of the first strand of the target nucleotide sequence; the target nucleotide sequence comprises from 1 to 5 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of the first template recognition region and the second template recognition region; the target nucleotide sequence is amplified lE+6-fold or more in about ten minutes; and the foregoing steps are conducted under substantially isothermal conditions. Also provided is a method for nucleotide sequence amplification, which comprises: combining a target nucleic acid having a target nucleotide sequence with (i) a polymerase, (ii) a first template nucleic acid that hybridizes to the a first strand of the target nucleotide sequence, and (iii) a second template nucleic acid that hybridizes to the complement of the first strand of the target nucleotide sequence, in an amplification reaction, under conditions in which the polymerase extends the template nucleic acids, thereby generating extended template nucleic acid amplicons; wherein:the first template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a first template recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the first strand of the target nucleotide sequence, wherein the recognition region is 8-15 nucleotides long; the second template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising a second template recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the complement of the first strand of the target nucleotide sequence, wherein the recognition region is 8-15 nucleotides long; the target nucleotide sequence is amplified lE+6-fold or more in about ten minutes; and the foregoing steps are conducted under substantially isothermal conditions.
In certain aspects of the present methods, the first template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a first template recognition region at the 3 ' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the first strand of the target nucleotide sequence; and the second template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising a second template recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the complement of the first strand of the target nucleotide sequence. In certain aspects, the target nucleotide sequence comprises from 1 to 5 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of the first template recognition region and the second template recognition region. In other aspects, the first template and second templates comprise nicking enzyme binding sites and nicking sites upstream of the recognition regions, and the amplification reaction further comprises one or more nicking enzymes that are capable of nicking at the nicking site of said forward and said reverse templates, wherein either one nicking enzyme is capable of nicking both of said templates, or each template is capable of being nicked by at least one of the nicking enzymes, and wherein said one or more nicking enzymes do not nick within said target sequence.
In some embodiments, the target nucleotide sequence comprises 1 nucleotide more than the sum of the nucleotides of the first template recognition region and the second template recognition region. In other embodiments, the target nucleotide sequence comprises 2 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of the first template recognition region and the second template recognition region. In yet other embodiments, the target nucleotide sequence comprises 3 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of the first template recognition region and the second template recognition region.
In certain aspects of the present methods, the target nucleic acid is double stranded or single stranded. In certain aspects, the target nucleic acid is double-stranded DNA. In other aspects, the target nucleic acid is single-stranded DNA. In yet other aspects, the target nucleic acid is RNA. The target nucleic acid may be, for example, selected from the group consisting of genomic DNA, plasmid DNA, viral DNA, mitochondrial DNA, and synthetic double-stranded DNA. The target nucleic acid may be, for example, selected from the group consisting of viral DNA, cDNA, and synthetic single-stranded DNA. The target nucleic acid may be, for example, selected from the group consisting of messenger RNA, viral RNA, ribosomal RNA, transfer RNA, micro RNA, micro RNA precursor, and synthetic RNA.
In the present methods, the DNA polymerase may be, for example, a thermophilic polymerase. The polymerase may, for example, be selected from the group consisting of Bst (large fragment), 90N, VentR ® (exo-) DNA Polymerase, Therminator, and Therminator II. In certain aspects, the polymerase is Bst (large fragment).
In certain embodiments, the first and second templates comprise nicking enzyme binding sites recognized by the same nicking enzyme and said first and said second nicking enzyme are the same. The nicking enzymes may be, for example, selected from the group consisting of NtBspQI, Nb.BbvCi, Nb.Bsml, Nb.BsrDI, Nb.BtsI, Nt.AlwI, NtBbvCI, NtBstNBI, Nt.CviPII, Nb.BpulOI, and Nt.BpulOI.
In some aspects of the present method, the portion of the nucleic acid sequence of the first strand that is complementary or substantially complementary to the first strand of the target nucleotide sequence is 8-15 nucleotides in length and wherein the portion of the second strand that is complementary or substantially complementary to the target nucleotide sequence is 8-15 nucleotides in length. In some aspects, the first template is provided at the same concentration as the second template. In other aspects, one of the first or second templates is provided at a ratio to the other template at the range of ratios of 1: 100 to 100: 1. The reactions of the present methods may further comprise a second polymerase. In some aspects, at least one of the first or second polymerases comprises reverse transcriptase activity.
In certain embodiments of the present method, the amplification is conducted between 54°C and 600C. In other embodiments, the amplification is conducted between 56°C and 58°C. In certain embodiments, wherein the amplification reaction is held at a constant temperature for 1 to 10 minutes. In other embodiments, the amplification reaction is held at a constant temperature for 1 to 20 minutes.
The present method may further comprise detecting the amplification product. Thus, in certain aspects, the amplification product is detected by detection method selected from the group consisting of gel electrophoresis, mass spectrometry, SYBR I fluorescence, SYBR II fluorescence, SYBR Gold, Pico Green, TOTO-3, intercalating dye detection, fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET), molecular beacon detection, surface capture, capillary electrophoresis, incorporation of labeled nucleotides to allow detection by capture, fluorescence polarization, and lateral flow capture.
In some aspects, at least two target sequences are capable of being amplified. In certain aspects, the amplification products are detected on a solid surface. In some aspects, at least one capture probe is immobilized on a solid surface. In some embodiments, at least one of said templates comprises a spacer, blocking group, or a modified nucleotide.
In certain embodiments of the present methods, the target nucleotide sequence is amplified lE+6-fold or more in about five minutes. In other embodiments, the target nucleotide sequence is amplified lE+6-fold or more in about 2.5 minutes. In other embodiments, the target nucleotide sequence is amplified lE+7-fold or more in about five minutes. In other embodiments, the target nucleotide sequence is amplified lE+8-fold or more in about five minutes. In yet other embodiments, wherein the target nucleotide sequence is amplified lE+9-fold or more in about five minutes.
The present methods also include a method for amplifying a double-stranded nucleic acid target sequence, comprising contacting a target DNA molecule comprising a double- stranded target sequence, having a sense strand and an antisense strand, with a forward template and a reverse template, wherein said forward template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence antisense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site, wherein the portion of the nucleic acid sequence that is complementary to the 3' end of the target antisense strand is 8-15 nucleotides in length; said reverse template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence sense strand, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site, wherein the portion of the nucleic acid sequence that is complementary to the 3' end of the target antisense strand is 8-15 nucleotides in length; providing a first nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking upstream, downstream, or at the nicking site of said forward template, and does not nick within said target sequence; providing a second nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking upstream, downstream, or at the nicking site of said reverse template and does not nick within said target sequence; and providing a DNA polymerase; under essentially isothermal conditions, wherein amplification is performed by multiple cycles of said polymerase extending said forward and reverse templates along said target sequence producing a double-stranded nicking site, and said nicking enzymes nicking at said nicking sites, or amplified copies of said sites, producing an amplification product. Also provided is a method for amplifying a single-stranded nucleic acid target sequence, comprising contacting a target nucleic acid comprising a single-stranded target sequence with a reverse template, wherein said reverse template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site, wherein the portion of the nucleic acid sequence that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence is 8-15 nucleotides in length; providing a first nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said reverse template, and does not nick within said target sequence; providing a DNA polymerase under conditions wherein said polymerase extends said reverse template along said target sequence; contacting said extended reverse template with a forward template, wherein said forward template comprises a recognition region at the 3 'end that is complementary to the 3' end of the extended reverse template, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site, wherein the portion of the nucleic acid sequence that is complementary to the 3' end of the target antisense strand is 8-15 nucleotides in length; providing a second nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said forward template and does not nick within said target sequence or within the complement of said target sequence; wherein the amplification is conducted under essentially isothermal conditions wherein amplification is performed by multiple cycles of said polymerase extending said forward and reverse templates along said target sequence, producing double-stranded nicking sites, and said nicking enzymes nicking at said nicking sites, producing an amplification product. In some aspects of the present method, the DNA polymerase is a thermophilic polymerase. For example, the polymerase may be selected from the group consisting of Bst (large fragment), 90N, VentR ® (exo-) DNA Polymerase, Therminator, and Therminator II. In certain aspects, the polymerase is Bst(large fragment).
In certain aspects, the nicking enzymes nick downstream of the nicking enzyme binding site. In other aspects, the forward and reverse templates comprise nicking enzyme binding sites recognized by the same nicking enzyme and said first and said second nicking enzymes are the same. In certain aspects, the nicking enzymes are selected from the group consisting of NtBspQI, Nb.BbvCi, Nb.Bsml, Nb.BsrDI, Nb.BtsI, Nt.AlwI, NtBbvCI, NtBstNBI, Nt.CviPII, Nb.BpulOI, and Nt.BpulOI. In some embodiments of the present methods, the target sequence comprises from
1 to 5 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of said forward template recognition region and said reverse template recognition region. In certain embodiments, the target sequence comprises 1 nucleotide more than the sum of the nucleotides of said forward template recognition region and said reverse template recognition region. In other embodiments, the target sequence comprises 2 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of said forward template recognition region and said reverse template recognition region.
In certain aspects, the target DNA molecule is selected from the group consisting of genomic DNA, plasmid, mitochondrial, and viral DNA. In other aspects, the target nucleic acid is selected from the group consisting of viral DNA, messenger RNA, microRNA, and microRNA precursors. In other aspects, the forward template is provided at the same concentration as the reverse template. In yet other aspects, one of the forward or reverse templates is provided at a ratio to the other template at the range of ratios of 1: 100 to 100: 1 In certain embodiments, the present method further comprises a second polymerase. For example, at least one of the polymerases may comprise reverse transcriptase activity. In certain aspects, the amplification is conducted between 54°C and 600C. In other aspects, the amplification reaction is held at a constant temperature for 1 to 10 minutes.
The present method may further comprise detecting the amplification product. For example, the amplification product may be detected by a method selected from the group consisting of gel electrophoresis, mass spectrometry, SYBR I fluorescence, SYBR II fluorescence, SYBR Gold, Pico Green, TOTO-3, intercalating dye detection, FRET, molecular beacon detection, surface capture, capillary electrophoresis, incorporation of labeled nucleotides to allow detection by capture, fluorescence polarization, and lateral flow capture.
In certain aspects, at least two target sequences are capable of being amplified. In other aspects, the amplification products are detected on a solid surface. In some aspects, at least one capture probe is immobilized on a solid surface. In other aspects, at least one of said templates comprises a spacer, blocking group, or a modified nucleotide.
The present methods also include a method for amplifying a double-stranded nucleic acid target sequence, comprising contacting a target DNA molecule comprising a double-stranded target sequence, having a sense strand and an antisense strand, with a forward template and a reverse template, wherein said forward template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence antisense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site; said reverse template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence sense strand, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site; and said target sequence comprises from 1 to 5 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of said forward template recognition region and said reverse template recognition region; providing a first nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said forward template, and does not nick within said target sequence; providing a second nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said reverse template and does not nick within said target sequence; and providing a DNA polymerase; under essentially isothermal conditions, wherein amplification is performed by multiple cycles of said polymerase extending said forward and reverse templates along said target sequence producing a double-stranded nicking site, and said nicking enzymes nicking at said nicking sites, or amplified copies of said sites, producing an amplification product. Also provided is a method for amplifying a single-stranded nucleic acid target sequence, comprising contacting a target nucleic acid comprising a single-stranded target sequence with a reverse template, wherein said reverse template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site, wherein the portion of the nucleic acid sequence that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence is 8-15 nucleotides in length; providing a first nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said reverse template, and does not nick within said target sequence; providing a DNA polymerase under conditions wherein said polymerase extends said reverse template along said target sequence; contacting said extended reverse template with a forward template, wherein said forward template comprises a recognition region at the 3 'end that is complementary to the 3' end of the extended reverse template, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site, wherein said target sequence comprises from 1 to 5 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of said forward template recognition region and said reverse template recognition region; providing a second nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said forward template and does not nick within said target sequence or within the complement of said target sequence; wherein the amplification is conducted under essentially isothermal conditions wherein amplification is performed by multiple cycles of said polymerase extending said forward and reverse templates along said target sequence, producing double-stranded nicking sites, and said nicking enzymes nicking at said nicking sites, producing an amplification product.
In certain embodiments, the target sequence comprises 1 nucleotide more than the sum of the nucleotides of said forward template recognition region and said reverse template recognition region. In other embodiments, the target sequence comprises 2 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of said forward template recognition region and said reverse template recognition region. In other embodiments, the target sequence comprises 3 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of said forward template recognition region and said reverse template recognition region.
Also provided is a method for amplifying a double-stranded nucleic acid target sequence, comprising contacting a target DNA molecule comprising a double-stranded target sequence, having a sense strand and an antisense strand, with a forward template and a reverse template, wherein said forward template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence antisense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site; said reverse template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence sense strand, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site; providing a first nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said forward template, and does not nick within said target sequence; providing a second nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said reverse template and does not nick within said target sequence; and providing a DNA polymerase; under essentially isothermal conditions, wherein amplification is performed by multiple cycles of said polymerase extending said forward and reverse templates along said target sequence producing a double-stranded nicking site, and said nicking enzymes nicking at said nicking sites, or amplified copies of said sites, producing an amplification product.
Also provided is method for amplifying a double-stranded nucleic acid target sequence, comprising contacting a target DNA molecule comprising a double-stranded target sequence, having a sense strand and an antisense strand, with a forward template and a reverse template, wherein said forward template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence antisense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site; said reverse template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence sense strand, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site; providing a first nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking upstream, downstream, or at the nicking site of said forward template, and does not nick within said target sequence; providing a second nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking upstream, downstream, or at the nicking site of said reverse template and does not nick within said target sequence; and providing a DNA polymerase;under essentially isothermal conditions, wherein amplification is performed by multiple cycles of said polymerase extending said forward and reverse templates along said target sequence producing a double-stranded nicking site, and said nicking enzymes nicking at said nicking sites, or amplified copies of said sites, producing an amplification product.
Also provided is a method for amplifying a double-stranded nucleic acid target sequence, comprising contacting a target DNA molecule comprising a double-stranded target sequence, having a sense strand and an antisense strand, with a forward template and a reverse template, wherein said forward template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence antisense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site; said reverse template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence sense strand, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site; providing a first nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said forward template, and does not nick within said target sequence; providing a second nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said reverse template and does not nick within said target sequence; and providing a DNA polymerase; under essentially isothermal conditions, wherein amplification is performed by multiple cycles of said polymerase extending said forward and reverse templates along said target sequence producing a double-stranded nicking site, and said nicking enzymes nicking at said nicking sites, or amplified copies of said sites, producing an amplification product, wherein at least a IE + 7 fold amplification of a 22-35 nucleotide long target sequence is obtained when the amplification reaction is run for twelve minutes.
The present method also provides a method for amplifying a double-stranded nucleic acid target sequence, comprising contacting a target DNA molecule comprising a double-stranded target sequence, having a sense strand and an antisense strand, with a forward template and a reverse template, wherein said forward template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence antisense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site, wherein the portion of the nucleic acid sequence that is complementary to the 3' end of the target antisense strand is 8-15 nucleotides in length; said reverse template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence sense strand, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site, wherein the portion of the nucleic acid sequence that is complementary to the 3' end of the target antisense strand is 8-15 nucleotides in length; providing a first nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking upstream, downstream, or at the nicking site of said forward template, and does not nick within said target sequence; providing a second nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking upstream, downstream, or at the nicking site of said reverse template and does not nick within said target sequence; and providing a DNA polymerase; under essentially isothermal conditions, wherein amplification is performed by multiple cycles of said polymerase extending said forward and reverse templates along said target sequence producing a double-stranded nicking site, and said nicking enzymes nicking at said nicking sites, or amplified copies of said sites, producing an amplification product, wherein at least a IE + 7 fold amplification of a 22-35 nucleotide long target sequence is obtained when the amplification reaction is run for twelve minutes.
Also provided are kits for amplifying a nucleic acid target sequence, comprising a DNA polymerase; a first template for nucleic acid amplification, comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of a target sequence sense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region; and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site, wherein the portion of the nucleic acid sequence that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence sense strand is 8-15 nucleotides in length; a second template for nucleic acid amplification, comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the complement of the target sequence sense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region; and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site, wherein the portion of the nucleic acid sequence that is complementary to the 3' end of the complement of the target sequence sense strand is 8-15 nucleotides in length; and one or two thermostable nicking enzymes, wherein either one enzyme is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said first and said second templates, or a first enzyme is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said first primer and a second enzyme is capable of nicking at the enzyme site of said second primer.
In certain embodiments, the target sequence comprises from 1 to 5 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of said first template recognition region and said second template recognition region. In certain embodiments, the polymerase, nicking enzymes, and templates are in a container. In certain embodiments, the polymerase, nicking enzymes, and templates are in two containers. In other embodiments, the polymerase and nicking enzymes are in a first container, and said templates are in a second container. In some aspects, the polymerase, nicking enzymes, and templates are lyophilized. In some aspects, the kits further comprise instructions for following the method of amplification. The kits may further comprise a cuvette. Or, for example, the kits may further comprise a lateral flow device or dipstick. In some aspects, the lateral flow device or dipstick further comprises a capture probe. In some aspects, the kit further comprises a detector component selected from the group consisting of a fluorescent dye, colloidal gold particles, latex particles, a molecular beacon, and polystyrene beads. In some aspects of the kit, at least one of said templates comprises a spacer, blocking group, or a modified nucleotide.
Also provided is a kit for amplifying a nucleic acid target sequence, comprising a DNA polymerase; a first template for nucleic acid amplification, comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of a target sequence sense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region; and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site; a second template for nucleic acid amplification, comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the complement of the target sequence sense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region; and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site, wherein said target sequence comprises from 1 to 5 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of said first template recognition region and said second template recognition region; and one or two thermostable nicking enzymes, wherein either one enzyme is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said first and said second templates, or a first enzyme is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said first primer and a second enzyme is capable of nicking at the enzyme site of said second primer. In certain aspects of the kit, the portion of the nucleic acid sequence of the first template that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence sense strand is 8-15 nucleotides in length, and the portion of the nucleic acid sequence of the second template that is complementary to the 3' end of the complement of the target sequence sense strand is 8-15 nucleotides in length. In certain embodiments, the polymerase, nicking enzymes, and templates are in two containers. In other embodiments, the polymerase and nicking enzymes are in a first container, and said templates are in a second container. In some aspects, the polymerase, nicking enzymes, and templates are lyophilized. In some aspects, the kits further comprise instructions for following the method of amplification. The kits may further comprise a cuvette. Or, for example, the kits may further comprise a lateral flow device or dipstick. In some aspects, the lateral flow device or dipstick further comprises a capture probe. In some aspects, the kit further comprises a detector component selected from the group consisting of a fluorescent dye, colloidal gold particles, latex particles, a molecular beacon, and polystyrene beads. In some aspects of the kit, at least one of said templates comprises a spacer, blocking group, or a modified nucleotide.
Examples
Example 1: Sample NEAR™ Amplification Assay
This example provides an example of a typical DNA wet assay of the present method. Those of ordinary skill in the art understand that numerous modifications may be made to the volumes and format of the reaction, the length of time that the assay is conducted, and the amounts of each reactant.
Two 96-well microtiter plates are used to set up "wet" assays, a Template/Target plate and a Master Mix plate. To begin, 5 microliters of templates are aliquoted into appropriate wells on the Template Target plate. For the "- target" wells (control wells without target), 5 microliters of dH2O are added. A reagent master mix is created by combining buffer, salt, dNTPs, enzymes, and dH2O together in a single tube, using appropriate volumes of each based on the number of samples being tested (see Table within this Example). 40 microliters of reagent master mix is aliquotted into both "- target" and "+ target" (control wells with target) wells of the Master Mix plate, and the plate is sealed with thermal sealant. All of the previous steps were completed in a pre- amplification room with all of the subsequent steps completed in a post-amplification room. The thermal sealant is removed from the Template/Target plate, from only the wells that target will be added to, leaving the "- wells" sealed to avoid potential contamination. 5 microliters of target is aliquoted into the appropriate "+ target" wells. The Template/Target plate is resealed with thermal sealant. Both the Template/Target plate and Master Mix plate are incubated for 2-3 minutes at assay temperature (for example, at 56° C, 57C, or 58° C, using thermal cyclers. The thermal sealant is removed from both plates. 40 microliters of reagent master mix from the Master Mix plate wells is transferred to the appropriate wells on the Template/Target plate, and the Template/Target plate is resealed with thermal sealant. The samples are incubated for 5-10 minutes at assay temperature. The time for the reaction is calculated from the time that the incubation starts, immediately after the reagent master mix if transferred to the wells on the Template/Target plate, the plate is sealed, and placed in the thermocycler. Reactions are stopped by adding SDS to 0.1% or greater, or by incubating the samples for 2 minutes at 80° C.
To detect the amplified products, for example, 3-5 microliters of 5 micromolar molecular beacon is added to each well and mixed by pipetting up and down several times. A fluorescence read is performed at the appropriate wavelength based on the fluorophone present on the molecular beacon, at assay temperature, following a 1 minute incubation
Typical reagent breakdown for single 50 microliter DNA reactions (all volumes in microliters)
Figure imgf000066_0001
5X IB2 buffer consists of: 25OmM Tris-HCl (pH8.0) 75mM (NH4)2SO4 75mM Na2SO4 5OmM MgSO4 5mM DTT 0.5% Triton X-IOO
A typical reaction does not have a standard target concentration, but target copy per reaction may range from 10-50 at the lower end, for example, to 1E+6 copies in the upper end, for example, or more. In terms of molar concentrations, a 50 microliter assay with 10 copies of target is 3.32e-13 micromolar, where a 50 microliter assay with 50 copies of target is 1.66e-12 micromolar and a 50 microliter assay with Ie6 copies of target is 3.32e-8 micromolar.
The target sample may consist of, for example, purified DNA or RNA, that has been resuspended in dH2O or TE, or sample that has not been purified. For example, endocervical swab clinical samples were collected, and sample was eluted and lysed from the swabs using Pierce's Lyse-N-Go PCR reagent (Cat # 78882). Lyse-N-Go is a proprietary formulation that is non-ionic detergent based. Aliquots of each eluted/lysed sample were then added directly to assays, and the results indicate no loss of assay activity. Assays have also been conducted using clinical samples that were collected in viral transport media (VTM), either M4 or M5. The samples collected in VTM were mixed with Pierce's Lyse-N-Go PCR reagent to lyse the target cells, and subsequently aliquots of these samples were added to assays without loss of activity. Finally, the assay has been conducted in the presence of various potential inhibitors, such as sand, soil, clay, urine and serum, and each of these inhibitors was well tolerated.
Example 2: Detection of DNA NEAR™ assay products by gel electrophoresis
The amplification reaction products can be visualized by gel electrophoresis. In the absence of target, the templates (with complementary or substantially complementary 3' bases) overlap by one or more bases, polymerase extends in each direction to generate the NEAR™ amplification duplex (Figure IB); and the amplification proceeds in a similar mechanism to the NEAR ™ amplification to amplify a product that is two bases shorter than the target amplified product. In the case of a 25mer assay where the templates end in A and T, the resulting background product is 23 bases. The 27mer assay also forms a 23mer background and 27mer product. Longer reaction products are also amplified. The sequence of these products is hypothesized to be due to the polymerase extension before the nicking enzyme can nick both sides of the NEAR™ amplification duplex, according to Steps 9B in Figure 1C. Figure 2 shows the NEAR™ reaction products are easily distinguished from background products by gel electrophoresis.
Example 3: Detection of RNA assay products by gel electrophoresis
The reaction of the present method can also amplify RNA targets. In this case, the target is Ebola Armored RNA, which is a -600 base strand of RNA encapsulated by MS2 phage coat proteins to simulate a viral particle. The reaction is designed to amplify a 25- base region of the Ebola genome contained within the encapsulated RNA sequence. Reaction products run on a 20% polyacrylamide gel (Figure 3) show the amplified 25mer product along with 23mer and 20mer background products. This example demonstrates the ability of the reaction to amplify RNA released from virus-like particles.
Example 4: Detection of DNA and RNA assay products by mass spectrometry The reaction amplification products of the present methods can also be detected by mass spectrometry using an ESI/TOF system with a front end LC. The reaction products observed are multiple charged ion species. Usually, the -3 or -4 charge state is the major peak in the spectrum (in the range of 1000-3000 AMU), depending on the length of the oligonucleotide product. The sodium adduct is usually present in the spectrum as a peak adjacent to the major peak at roughly 20-25% the intensity. The unique peaks for the positive reactions in the presence of target are visible in both Figures 4 and 5 for the DNA and RNA reactions respectively. The background products formed in these reactions are not shown in the mass range of these spectra.
Example 5: Real-time detection of the assay amplification
The amplification reaction of the present method can also be monitored, as shown in Figure 6, in real-time with SYBR II fluorescence. The fluorescence increases as SYBR II intercalates into the amplified double-stranded products. The background products also generate fluorescence at a slower rate than the true product. Optimization of amplification sequence, reaction temperature and reaction buffer conditions are necessary in order to visualize distinct separation between the positive reactions and the negative controls.
Example 6: FRET detection of real-time NEAR™ assay amplification NEAR ™ amplification can also be monitored by Fluorescence Resonance Energy Transfer (FRET), as shown in Figure 7. Amplification occurs using dual labeled templates, one on each end (5'-FAM, 3'-BHQ). Fluorescence is generated from the FAM-labeled oligonucleotide upon cleavage of the template by the nicking enzyme when it becomes double-stranded. Since fluorescence is produced by the initial nicking reaction, this detection method is extremely responsive. Since the 3' ends of the templates are blocked from extension by the quenching label, the production of background fluorescence is inhibited.
Example 7: Molecular beacon detection of real-time NEAR™ amplification
A third method of monitoring real-time amplification is using molecular beacons, as shown in Figure 8. In this case, the amplified product hybridizes to the loop region of the molecular beacon resulting in an increase in fluorescence from the separation of the fluorophore and quencher on each end of the hairpin stem. Since this interaction occurs post-amplification, it is considered pseudo-real-time and can be slightly slower in response relative to the FRET approach.
Example 8: False Positive Rate testing
This experiment was designed to probe the probability that the amplification reaction of the present method will yield a true product in the negative reaction, or a false positive. Reactions directed at specific amplification of a 25mer region specific to the Bacillus subtilis genome were run in the presence (n = 120) and absence (n = 320) of Bacillus subtilis genomic DNA. End point reactions were run on the mass spectrometer and the area under the curve (AUC) for the product mass peak in the mass spectrum was analyzed. As shown in Figure 9, the results show that none of the 320 negative reactions resulted in a false positive with AUC values equal to the water control. The true positive AUC values were at least 3 standard deviations apart from the true negatives. Overall, these results demonstrate the reproducible nature of the assays of the present methods. The Bacillus subtilis assay was developed to target a 25 nucleotide region of the mobA-nprE gene region, with the sequence 5 ' - TTAACGTCTCTAATTTCAGCTTTTG - 3'. The templates used to amplify this region were, Tl 5' - ATGCATGCATGAGTCACATTTAACGTCTCTA - 3', and T2 5' - ATGCATGCATGAGTCACATCAAAAGCTGAAA - 3'. The assay was carried out essentially as described in Example 1 , and with the modifications here, for 4 minutes at 56°C with 10,000 copies of Bacillus subtilis genomic DNA plus 100,000 copies of Bacillus thuringiensis genomic DNA (True positives), 10,000 copies of Escherichia coli genomic DNA plus 100,000 Bacillus thuringiensis genomic DNA (True negatives) or no target (water control). Aliquots of each sample were then analyzed by electrospray ionization mass spectrometry to determine the amount of specific product made in each reaction using area under the curve (AUC) calculations.
Example 9: Beacon detection: assay reproducibility with beacon detection The molecular beacon detection of reaction products of the present method can also be used as an endpoint reading. As shown in Figure 10, the ratio of reaction products can be manipulated by varying the input ratio of the forward and reverse templates. Skewing the templates to favor one of the reaction products allows the single-stranded product to be available for hybridization to a molecular beacon. The open beacon generates a fluorescent signal. This detection method is extremely reproducible. In this study, two operators performed replicates of the same assay on two different days. The results of this study demonstrate the reproducibility of the assay from one day to the next as well as reproducibility between operators.
Example 10: Assay sensitivity with beacon detection
The sensitivity of the assay with beacon read-out was tested using a dilution of Francisella tularensis genomic DNA. As shown in Figure 11, as few as 50 copies were detected above the no target control.
Example 11: Concentration of amplified products for DNA amplification
The sensitivity of the assay has also been studied using mass spectrometry detection of the reaction products. Figure 12 shows signal above the no target control down to 100 copies. The data from this study was used to correlate the input copy number to the final amount of amplified product. In this study, the AUC values of the mass spec product peaks were fit to a standard curve to give the estimated final concentration of amplified product for the assay. The amount of amplified product ranges from approximately 25OnM to almost lμM for 1E+2 and 1E+5 copies respectively. This product amount results in a 1E+8 to 7E+ 10-fold amplification. These reactions were performed without the hot-start conditions, in fact hot-start conditions have been shown to dramatically increase the amount of product amplified, so a further increase in amplification is achieved. The zero copy amplification reaction has a positive final concentration due to the y-intercept value in the standard curve equation.
Example 12: Concentration of amplified products for RNA assay
A similar study was performed on the amplification of RNA using the present method. A dilution of RNA targets were amplified by the assay of the present method. Products were run on the mass spec and the AUC values of the product peaks were analyzed against a standard curve to determine the concentration of the final product, as shown in Figure 13. A 12 minute amplification starting with 30 and 30,000 copies of initial target results in a 3E+9 to 1E+7 -fold amplification respectively. The lower extent of amplification compared to the DNA amplification could be due to the less efficient reverse transcriptase ability of the polymerase compared to its replication abilities. Also, the RNA:DNA hybrid formed upon the extension of the reverse template is a stronger interaction compared to a normal DNA:DNA hybrid and will have less breathing to allow for the forward or another reverse template to displace one strand. However, amplification products from the RNA reaction were detected down to < 100 copies.
Example 13: NEAR™ reaction specificity for DNA Since the reaction products are usually between 20 and 30 bases in length, the question arises as to whether or not these short amplification assays can be specific enough to target a single sequence region with other near neighbor genomes present. The reaction was tested for its specificity by running the amplification reaction in the presence and absence of varying amounts of the near neighbor genomic DNA (Figure 14). In this case, the assay detects a specific sequence in the pXO2 plasmid of Bacillus anthracis and the near neighbor genome is Bacillus thuringiensis (kurstaki). The reactions were analyzed by the AUC values for the product peaks. The figure below demonstrates that in the absence of the correct target (Bacillus anthracis), there is no true product amplified (the levels are so low that they are not visible on the scale of the graph). The amount of amplification of the positive reactions is consistent, with larger error bars for the 0 and 5E+5 copies of Bacillus thuringiensis (5E+4 copies of Bacillus anthracis) due to a single lower value for one of the triplicate runs. Overall the experiment demonstrates that the reaction is very specific to the target sequence when the assay is designed within a unique region of the genome. Example 14: Interferent testing
A panel of interferents was tested to monitor the effect of each on amplification. Figure 15 demonstrates the robust nature of the assay of the present methodin the presence of interferents. Some interferents that are known to inhibit PCR, such as humic acid, did not appear to inhibit the assay, though the amount of each interferent is unknown. From statistical analysis only interferent B, C, and E were statistically different from the control assay x. In the B, C, and E cases, the difference resulted in increased product amplification.
Example 15: Multiplexing of two sequences with DNA assays
A DNA duplex was designed for capillary electrophoresis (CE) detection. Amplification products were 25 bases (Bacillus anthracis assay, Ba) and 27 bases (Bacillus subtilis assay, Bs) in length with background production of a 23mer. The reaction was run for 10 minutes in the presence or absence of 5E+5 copies of the respective genomic DNA target. The samples were run on a 20% polyacrylamide gel to visualize the reaction products. Figure 16 indicates the presence of positive product amplification when Bacillus subtilis only is present as well as when both Bacillus subtilis and Bacillus anthracis are present.
Example 16: DNA assay duplex specificity
The DNA duplex reaction with Bacillus subtilis (Bs) and Bacillus anthracis (Ba) was shown to be specific to the respective genomes. The assays were run in the presence of the near neighbor, Bacillus thuringiensis , as shown in Figure 17. In the negative reaction where both template sets are present as well as the Bacillus thuringiensis genomic DNA, there is no product band in the 25 or 27mer region. Product bands appear only when the specific genomic target is present, which demonstrates the specificity of the duplex reaction.
Example 17: Multiplexing with RNA assays
An MS2 assay that amplifies a 27mer product and an Ebola assay that amplifies a 25mer product was developed and multiplexed so that all templates are present in each assay and amplification of products is dependent on the target present. This combination of templates forms background products that are 23 bases and 20 bases in length. The gel shown in Figure 18 demonstrates the ability for the reaction of the present method to amplify multiple RNA targets in a single reaction.
Example 18: Amplification from lysed spores Amplification was performed on semi-processed samples to determine whether it is possible to amplify DNA released from spores through lysis. The negative control reaction contained DNase-treated spores, unlysed, so no DNA should be present to amplify. The positive control reaction contained purified genomic DNA at concentrations around the amount of DNA estimated to be released through lysis. Results in Figure 19 show that amplification with unlysed DNase-treated spores results in no product amplification as expected, whereas the three samples lysed before amplification resulted in product amounts in the range of the theoretical amounts.
Example 19: Capture and Extension
The reaction products of the present method can also be detected on a solid surface. A capture probe attached at the 5' end to the surface through a biotin/streptavidin attachment can bind to the reaction products from which polymerase extends to form a stable duplex that SYBR and any intercalating dye can detect. The capture probe is designed to favor extension through binding to the true product over background products because the 3' base of the capture probe is complementary to the middle spacer base in the product which is not present in either of the templates or the background products. Figure 20 demonstrates the increased fluorescence of the products in the presence of the capture probe and polymerase over the average binding (same reaction in the absence of polymerase, to preclude extension of the capture probe) and the no target control where only background products are amplified, but cannot form a stable duplex with the capture probe for polymerase to extend.
Example 20: Surface NEAR™ FRET DNA Assay The reaction of the present method can also be performed with the templates immobilized on the surface. The templates for FRET detection of surface amplification usually have three modifications: one 5' biotin with a TEG spacer, one FAM fluorophore internal to the biotin, and a quencher on the 3' end which serves to block background amplification as well as to quench the FAM fluorophore. The template is immobilized on the surface through biotin/streptavidin attachment. Figure 21 demonstrates that with both templates immobilized along with additional mixing, the reaction proceeds at a much slower rate than the solution amplification rate (amplification in 16 minutes for 1E+6 copies of genomic DNA). When a single template is immobilized on the surface and the other template is free in solution, the amplification reaction is increased to 10 minute detection for 1E+6 copies of genomic DNA. Fluorescence from background products is observed -3.5 minutes after the product signal, similar to what is observed for solution phase kinetics, but slowed considerably. Example 21: Healthcare Example Chlamydia trachomatis (Ct) Assay
An assay of the present method was performed to detect the presence of a Chlamydia trachomatis (Ct) target sequence. A 2-fold dilution series of synthetic DNA containing the target sequence for the Ct P2_2 assay was used to determine the limit of detection of the assay. The reaction was carried out essentially as described in Example 1, with some modifications as described in this example. The dilution series started with 10,000 copies of target DNA, and proceeded to less than 1 copy per reaction. A 'no target' control sample was also included in this experiment. Reactions were performed on a 96- well microtiter plate in 50 microliter volumes in the following buffer: 50 mM Tris-HCl, pH 8.0, 30 mM NaCl, 15 mM (NH4)2(SO2), 15 mM Mg2SO4, 1 mM DTT, 0.1% Triton X- 100 with 0.3 mM dNTPs, 19.2 units of Bst DNA polymerase and 15 units of Nt.BstNBI nicking enzyme. Templates were added at a ratio of 200 nM : 100 nM (Template l :Template 2). Reactions were performed as follows: On plate 1, 5 microliters of template mix was added to each well in a pre-amplification room, and sealed. On plate 2, 40 microliters of master mix was added to each well in a pre-amplification room, and sealed. The master mix consisted of dH2O plus all assay components listed above, except templates. The two plates were then transferred to a post-amplification room where 5 microliters of target was added to each well of plate 1 (excluding the 'no target' control wells). The two plates were then transferred to thermal cyclers pre-heated to 56°C for 2 - 3 minute pre-incubations at 56°C. The contents of plate 2 were then transferred to plate 1 which was then incubated for 5 minutes at 56°C (amplification step). Following this incubation, the reactions were stopped by inactivating the enzymes at 800C for 2 minutes. Subsequently, a molecular beacon specific for the amplified Ct P2 2 product was added to a final concentration of 300 nM and fluorescence was detected at 56°C. All samples were performed in triplicate, with error bars showing standard deviations. The Ct P2_2 assay was performed using two templates, template 1 (5'- ATGCATGCATGAGTCACATAGGCTTATGGAG-3') and template 2 (5'- ATGCATGCATGAGTCACATTT ATACCGCTTA-3 ') at a 200 nM: 100 nM final template concentration. The molecular beacon used for fluorescence detection, MB 5.18, contained a 5'-FAM fluorophore and 3'-BHQl quencher, with the following sequence: 5'- ctggcTACCGCTTAACTCCATAAgccag-3 ' .
The results are shown in Figure 22, and show that the assay can efficiently detect less than 10 copies of target in a sample. Figure 22B shows that even about 1-2 copies can be detected, but because of the dilution experiment, some wells may, statistically, not have any target DNA (compare Fig. 22b, bars 1.2 a, b, and c).
The target sequence for the Ct P2_2 assay is 5 'AGGCTTATGGAGTT AAGCGGT ATAA - 3'. Clinical samples, such as those collected on endocervical or vaginal swabs, or those collected on swabs and then transferred to viral transport media such as M4 or M5 can be prepared for use in anassay as follows. Each swab is placed into a 1.5 milliliter or 2.0 milliliter eppendorf tube containing 300 microliters to 1 milliliter of Pierce' s Lyse-N-Go PCR reagent (Cat # 78882). The mixture is allowed to incubate at room temperature for 5 - 10 minutes, with occasional mixing. An aliquot of the eluted and lysed sample is then added directly to an assay. For samples present in viral transport media, an aliquot of the sample can be transferred to an eppendorf tube containing an equal or greater volume of Pierce's Lyse-N-Go PCR reagent (at a sample:Lyse-N-Go ratio of 1: 1, 1 :2, 1 : 10, 1 :20, etc....) and allowed to incubate at room temperature for 5 - 10 minutes, with occasional mixing. An aliquot of the eluted and lysed sample is then added directly to an assay.
Example 22 Food Safety Applications Listeria monocytogenes assay
To demonstrate the effectiveness of the assay of the present method for the specific detection of a food pathogen, assays were conducted on Listeria monocytogenes, one of the most significant threats to food safety from ready-to-eat food products. The assays were performed essentially as described in Example 1, with modifications described in this Example. L. monocytogenes strain EGD-e genomic DNA was assayed with increasing amounts of genomic DNA from the closely related non-pathogenic species L. innocua
IA strain Clipl 1262. As shown in Figure 23, Negative control reactions with no DNA present showed only background levels of fluorescence, and the increasing amounts of L. innocua DNA up to 1 million genome equivalents per 50 microliter reaction showed no significant increase in the background fluorescence. However, the addition of 1,000 genome equivalents of L. monocytogenes was easily detected with a substantial increase in fluorescence, and was unaffected by the presence of the L. innocua, even when the nonpathogenic L. innocua was present in 1000-fold excess, which was 1 million genome equivalents per 50 microliter reaction. Each reaction consisted of: 46 mM Tris buffer pH 8.5; 50 mM NaCl; 10 mM KCl; 10 mM (NH4)2SO4; 5 mM MgCl2; 10 mM MgSO4; 0.5 mM dithiothreitol; 0.1% Triton X-100; 0.01 mM EDTA; 0.3 mM each dATP, dCTP, dGTP, and dTTP; 19.2 units Bst DNA polymerase from New England Biolabs, Inc.; 15 units Nt.BstNBI nicking endonuclease from New England Biolabs, Inc.; 200 nM of the first oligonucleotide; and 2 micromolar of the second oligonucleotide. The oligonucleotides and Listeria genomic DNA were incubated separately from the enzyme buffer mixture at 56 0C, and then 5 microliters of this mixture was added to 45 microliters of enzyme buffer mixture. The reaction was incubated at 56 0C for 10 minutes, and then 80 0C for two minutes. After this, 3.2 microliters of a 5 μM solution of a Molecular Beacon was added to each reaction. The sequence of the Molecular Beacon was specific for the amplified L. monocytogenes sequence with a fluorophore and quencher on the 5' and 3' ends, respectively. Following the addition of the Molecular Beacons, the reactions were incubated at 56 0C for one minute, and then fluorescence measurements were made. Each assay condition was tested in duplicate, and the average fluorescence values are shown. The target sequence for the Listeria monocytogenes assay is 5' - AAAGCAAGAGAAAGTTATCGTGTAT - 3'. The template sequences are as follow: T15' -ATGCATGCATGAGTCACATAAAGCAAGAGAA - 3'and T25' - ATGCATGCATGAGTCACATATACACGATAAC - 3'.
Example 23: Viral RNA Example A 10-fold dilution series of purified viral RNA from a viral positive clinical sample was used to determine the limit of detection of the assay. The viral RNA was purified using a commercially available viral RNA purification kit. A 'no target' negative control sample was included. Reactions were performed on 96-well microtiter plates in 50 microliter volumes in the following buffer: 50 mM Tris-HCl, pH 8.0, 30 mM NaCl, 15 mM (NH4)2(SO2), 10 mM Mg2SO4, 1 mM DTT, 0.1% Triton X-IOO with 0.1 mM dNTPs, 19.2 units of Bst DNA polymerase, 7.5 units of Nt.BstNBI nicking enzyme and 4 units of OmniScript reverse transcriptase. Templates were added at a ratio of 400 nM : 20 nM (Template l:Template 2). Reactions were performed as follows: On plate 1, 5 microliters of template mix was added to each well in a pre-amplification room, and sealed. On plate 2, 40 microliters of master mix was added to each well in a pre-amplification room, and sealed. The master mix consisted of water plus all assay components listed above, except templates. The two plates were then transferred to a post-amplification room where 5 microliters of target was added to each well of plate 1 (excluding the 'no target' control wells). The two plates were then transferred to thermal cyclers pre-heated to 56°C for 2 - 3 minute pre-incubations at 56°C. The contents of plate 2 were then transferred to plate 1 which was then incubated for 5 minutes at 56°C (amplification step). Following this incubation, the reactions were stopped by inactivating the enzymes at 800C for 2 minutes. Subsequently, molecular beacon specific for the amplified product was added to a final concentration of 300 nM and fluorescence was detected at 56°C. All samples were performed in triplicate, with error bars showing standard deviations. Results are shown in Figure 24.
The viral RNA assay was performed using two templates (template 1 : 31 nucleotides long, and template 2: 31 nucleotides long) at a 400 nM:20 nM final template concentration. The molecular beacon used for fluorescence detection (MB), contained a 5'-FAM fluorophore and 3'-BHQl quencher, with a 29 nucleotide long sequence. The length of the target sequence was 26 nucleotides.
Example 24: Agriculture Application: Detection of Genetically Modified Traits in Crops Assay Sample Preparation for Genetically Modified (GMO) and Conventional (non- GMO) Maize:
The assay of the present methods may be used to detect genetically modified organisms (GMO) in agricultural applications. Theassay was used to detect the presence of the bar gene, inserted into the maize genome, in a background of unmodified maize DNA. The bar gene confers resistance to the broad-spectrum herbicide glufosinate. The assays were conducted essentially as described in Example 1, with modifications as described herein. Genetically modified and conventional (unmodified) maize seeds were ground to an appropriate level of coarseness, and nucleic acids were extracted using a standard buffer. The extracted material was purified using a size-exclusion column according to the manufacturer's instructions. Purified nucleic acids were combined to yield a final concentration of 5% έαr-modified maize in a conventional background (e.g., 5 microliters of bar maize DNA extract combined with 95 microliters conventional maize DNA extract), or used unmixed in the case of 100% conventional maize. The oligonucleotide sequences used to detect the bar gene are listed below.
Template 1: ATGCATGCATGAGTCACATCATCGTCAACCA Template 2: ATGCATGCATGAGTCACATTGTCTCGATGTA
The templates were designed to produce the following products:
Product 1: CATCGTCAACCACTACATCGAGACA Product 2 : TGTCTCGATGTAGTGGTTGACGATG
The assay reagents used were: 9.6 units of Bst. Polymerase (NEB), 15 units of N.BstNBI nicking enzyme (NEB), 5 microliters Thermopol I Buffer (NEB), 2.5 microliters NEB Buffer 3, 12 mM MgSO4, 0.3 mM dNTPs, 2.5% DMSO (dimethyl sulfoxide), 5 microliters sample, templates and water. The oligonucleotides were present at initial concentrations of 10 nM (Template 1) and 100 nM (Template 2). Water was used to adjust the final volume to 50 microliters, and a 10 minute assay was performed at 56° C, followed by a 2 minute incubation at 94° C to inactivate the enzymes, followed by detection at 56° C with a specific molecular beacon at a final concentration of 300 nM. The sequence of this molecular beacon is:
5 ' FAM-CCTCGCCGTCAACCACTACATCGAGCGAGG-BHQ 1 -3 ' . The results are shown in Figure 25.
Example 25: Detection of MicroRNA (miRNA)
Assay Sample Preparation for microRNAs from MDA-MB-231 Human Breast Cancer Cells: MDA-MB-231 Human breast cancer cells (ATCC number HTB-26) are known to express elevated levels of microRNA-21 (Iorio, M.V. et ah, 2005. MicroRNA gene expression deregulation in human breast cancer. Cancer Res. 65:7065-7070). An assay for miR-21 was developed that detects the mature microRNA-21 sequence:
5' UAGCUUAUCAGACUGAUGUUGA 3'
The template sequences used were (nicking enzyme sequences are underlined):
Template 1 : ATGCATGCATGAGTCACATTAGCTTATCA Template 2: ATGCATGCATGAGTCACATTCAACATCAG
The templates were designed to produce the following products:
Product 1: TAGCTTATCAGACTGATGTTGA Product 2: TCAACATCAGTCTGATAAGCTA
The assay was conducted essentially as described in Example 1, with modifications described herein. To obtain RNA, MDA-MB-231 cells were propagated and sub-cultured, using standard methods familiar to those skilled in the art, in Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium (Invitrogen) supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum, glucose and antibiotics. Prior to reaching confluency, cells were removed from the plate by treatment with trypsin, and subsequently washed in phosphate buffered saline prior to freezing at -80° C. Cells were later defrosted and a portion used for RNA isolation with TRI Reagent (Molecular Research Center, Inc.) according to the manufacturer's instructions. Purified RNA was quantified using UV absorbance at 260 nm.
According to the Molecular Research Center TRI Reagent manual, 1 ng of purified RNA corresponds to approximately 100 cells of starting material. Various amounts of purified RNA were used in an assay comprised of the following reagents: 50 mM Tris- HCl, pH 8.0, 30 mM (NH4)2SO4, 30 mM Na2SO4, 1 mM DTT, 0.1% Triton X-100, 10 mM MgSO4, 0.1 mM dNTPs, 19.2 units of Bst. Polymerase (New England Biolabs), 7.5 units of N.BstNBI nicking enzyme (New England Biolabs), 7.4 units Omniscript Reverse Transcriptase (Qiagen), two oligonucleotides at 100 nM each, sample and water. Water was used to adjust the final volume to 50 microliters, and a 20 minute assay was performed at 56° C, followed by a 2 minute incubation at 94° C to inactivate enzymes. The product was measured using electrospray ionization mass spectrometry, and product amounts were quantified by calculating the area under the curve. The results of the assay are shown in Figure 26.
Example 26: Detection of a Genomic DNA Target
An assay of the present method was performed essentially as described in Example 1, using oligo templates designed to bind to a genomic target. Dilution experiments were conducted to determine the lower limit of detection. As shown in Figure 27, there was consistent detection at 50 genome copies. When the diluted sample contained 10 genomic copies, there was detection, however, statistically, the detection was not as consistent.
Example 26 (Figure 27) depicts a Neisseria gonorrhoeae assay. The assay targets the pilQ gene, specifically the sequence 5' - ACTCTACCAACACGGAACTCAAAAA - 3'. The template sequences used to amplify this target were: Tl 5' - ATGCATGCATGAGTCACATTTTTTGAGTTCC - 3 ' , and T2 5 ' -
ATGCATGCATGAGTCACATACTCTACCAACA - 3'. The assay was carried out essentially as described in Example 1, with the modifications herein. Briefly, the assay was performed for 5 minutes at 56°C followed by a heat inactivation step at 80°C for 2 minutes to stop the reaction. End point detection of amplified specific product was performed using 300 nanomolar of a molecular beacon containing a 5'-fluorophore and 3 '- quencher that was specific to the amplified specific following a 1 minute incubation at 56°C. The molecular beacon sequence was: 5' - CGCATGGAGTTCCGTGTTGGTAGACATGCG - 3'.
Example 27: Calculation of Specific Product Generated in a B. subtilisAssay
Anassay of the present method was performed essentially as described in Example 1, using oligo templates designed to bind to a Bacillis subtilis target sequence, the target was the ppsA gene: Target sequence (25mer) 5' - CCAAGCTCAAAAAAGGAATCGTGAA - 3' T15' -ATGCATGCATGAGTCACATCCAAGCTCAAAA - 3' T25' -ATGCATGCATGAGTCACATTTCACGATTCCT - 3'
As shown in Figure 28, the linear regression showed an excellent correlation between the amount of the reference oligo added to a sample and area under the curve (AUC). This equation was used to determine the amount of specific product generated when 50 or 500 copies of genomic DNA target were added to a reaction. The reaction was performed for 5 minutes. The fold amplification was calculated and is presented in the Table below.
Table 5 Specific product 1944 yields (x=y-b/m)
Figure imgf000081_0001
Calculations were based on the following: B. subtilis genome = 4214814 nucleotides, molecular weight (g/mole) of 2781777240. Avogadro's number (molecules/mole) = 6.02E+23. For 50 genome copies in moles, this results in 8.30E-23, for 500 genome copies in moles, this results in 8.30E-22. Example 28: Effect of Different Spacer Lengths
A series of Chlamydia trachomatis (Ct) assays was performed essentially as describe in Examples 1 and 21, using various templates as shown in Figures 29 and 30. Figure 29 shows the results of the reaction, Figure 30 provides more detail as to the template design. The reaction was conducted for 10 minutes using either 0 or 100 copies of target. A series of oligonucleotide templates was prepared, with spacer region lengths (number of nucleotides on the target sequence between the binding sites of the oligo templates, if the templates were bound) ranging from 1 to 11. Optimal spacer lengths for this experiment were 1, 2, 3, or 4. A similar set of experiments was conducted for a viral RNA target, following essentially the same methods as those described in Example 23m using spacer lengths of 2, 5, 6, 7, and 8. As determined by mass spectrometry, optimal specific product detection was found using spacer lengths of 2 and 5, and no specific product was detected in this assay where the spacer length was 6 or greater and the reaction was run for 20 minutes.
Similar experiments were also conducted with other targets. For some targets, such as miR-21, when no spacer nucleotides were included in the template design, product was detected whether or not a target sequence was present in the reaction. Product was detected whether or not target DNA was present in the assay, indicating that the template set was producing the specific product without a need for the target being present. In other experiments, a spacer region of 0 nucleotides did result in specific product. Therefore, in designing templates for the assays discussed herein, more than one set of templates should be prepared, to determine the length of the spacer region that is optimal to produce specific product from a particular target. Example 29: Effect of the Stabilizing Regions
A set of Chlamydia trachomatis (Ct) assays was performed essentially as described in Examples 1 and 21. Templates were prepared that either included, or did not include, the stabilizing region (5'ATGCATGCAT). The reaction was performed for 10 minutes, with either 0 or 100 copies of target DNA. Analysis was performed using real-time SybrGreen fluorescence detection. As shown in Figure 31, the samples containing templates without stabilizing regions showed no amplification. In another set of assays, using viral RNA, either 0 or 1000 copies of target was included in the assay. The samples containing templates without stabilizing regions showed no amplification, while those with stabilizing regions showed rapid amplification. Example 30: Effect of Mg+2 Concentration
A set of Chlamydia trachomatis (Ct) assays was performed essentially as described in Examples 1 and 21. The assays were conducted using varying concentrations Of Mg+2. As shown in Figure 32, for this set of assays, a complete loss of activity was found when 6 mM Mg+2 was present, and a significant drop in activity was found when 9 mM Mg+2 was present. At concentrations from 12 mM to 21 mM Mg+2 , the assay performed optimally.
Example 31: Examples of other Template/Target Combinations The present methods are not limited to the specific templates and targets provided in the present embodiments and examples. Other targets and templates may be used to perform the isothermal amplification methods discussed herein. Examples of other targets and templates include, but are not limited to, those presented in Figure 34. Those of ordinary skill in the art recognize that other templates may be designed for the targets presented in the Figure, related target sequences to those presented in the Figure may be used in the reaction, and target sequences not included in the Figure are within the scope of the present methods.
* * * * * * * * The entirety of each patent, patent application, publication and document referenced herein hereby is incorporated by reference. Citation of the above patents, patent applications, publications and documents is not an admission that any of the foregoing is pertinent prior art, nor does it constitute any admission as to the contents or date of these publications or documents. Singular forms "a", "an", and "the" include plural reference unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to "a subset" includes a plurality of such subsets, reference to "a nucleic acid" includes one or more nucleic acids and equivalents thereof known to those skilled in the art, and so forth. The term "or" is not meant to be exclusive to one or the terms it designates. For example, as it is used in a phrase of the structure "A or B" may denote A alone, B alone, or both A and B.
Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meanings as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. Although any methods and systems similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in the practice or testing of the present invention, the methods, devices, and materials are now described. All publications mentioned herein are incorporated herein by reference for the purpose of describing and disclosing the processes, systems, and methodologies that are reported in the publications which might be used in connection with the invention. Nothing herein is to be construed as an admission that the invention is not entitled to antedate such disclosure by virtue of prior invention.
Modifications may be made to the foregoing without departing from the basic aspects of the invention. Although the invention has been described in substantial detail with reference to one or more specific embodiments, those of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that changes may be made to the embodiments specifically disclosed in this application, and yet these modifications and improvements are within the scope and spirit of the invention. The invention illustratively described herein suitably may be practiced in the absence of any element(s) not specifically disclosed herein. Thus, for example, in each instance herein any of the terms "comprising", "consisting essentially of, and "consisting of may be replaced with either of the other two terms. Thus, the terms and expressions which have been employed are used as terms of description and not of limitation, equivalents of the features shown and described, or portions thereof, are not excluded, and it is recognized that various modifications are possible within the scope of the invention. Embodiments of the invention are set forth in the following claims.

Claims

What is claimed is:
1. A method for nucleotide sequence amplification, which comprises: combining a target nucleic acid having a target nucleotide sequence with (i) a polymerase, (ii) a first template nucleic acid that hybridizes to the a first strand of the target nucleotide sequence, and (iii) a second template nucleic acid that hybridizes to the complement of the first strand of the target nucleotide sequence, in an amplification reaction, under conditions in which the polymerase extends the template nucleic acids, thereby generating extended template nucleic acid amplicons; wherein: the target nucleotide sequence is between 20 and 40 nucleotides in length; the target nucleotide sequence is amplified lE+6-fold or more in about ten minutes; and the foregoing steps are conducted under substantially isothermal conditions.
2. A method for nucleotide sequence amplification, which comprises: combining a target nucleic acid having a target nucleotide sequence with (i) a polymerase, (ii) a first template nucleic acid that hybridizes to the a first strand of the target nucleotide sequence, and (iii) a second template nucleic acid that hybridizes to the complement of the first strand of the target nucleotide sequence, in an amplification reaction, under conditions in which the polymerase extends the template nucleic acids, thereby generating extended template nucleic acid amplicons; wherein: the target nucleotide sequence is between 20 and 40 nucleotides in length; the first template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a first template recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the first strand of the target nucleotide sequence; the second template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising a second template recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the complement of the first strand of the target nucleotide sequence; the target nucleotide sequence comprises from 1 to 5 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of the first template recognition region and the second template recognition region; the target nucleotide sequence is amplified lE+6-fold or more in about ten minutes; and the foregoing steps are conducted under substantially isothermal conditions.
3. A method for nucleotide sequence amplification, which comprises: combining a target nucleic acid having a target nucleotide sequence with (i) a polymerase, (ii) a first template nucleic acid that hybridizes to the a first strand of the target nucleotide sequence, and (iii) a second template nucleic acid that hybridizes to the complement of the first strand of the target nucleotide sequence, in an amplification reaction, under conditions in which the polymerase extends the template nucleic acids, thereby generating extended template nucleic acid amplicons; wherein: the first template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a first template recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the first strand of the target nucleotide sequence, wherein the recognition region is 8-15 nucleotides long; the second template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising a second template recognition region at the 3 ' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the complement of the first strand of the target nucleotide sequence, wherein the recognition region is 8-15 nucleotides long; the target nucleotide sequence is amplified lE+6-fold or more in about ten minutes; and the foregoing steps are conducted under substantially isothermal conditions.
4. The method of claim 1, wherein the first template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a first template recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the first strand of the target nucleotide sequence; and the second template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising a second template recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary or substantially complementary to the 3' end of the complement of the first strand of the target nucleotide sequence.
5. The method of claim 3, wherein the target nucleotide sequence comprises from 1 to 5 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of the first template recognition region and the second template recognition region.
6. The method of any of claims 2, 3, 4, or 5, wherein the first template and second templates comprise nicking enzyme binding sites and nicking sites upstream of the recognition regions, and the amplification reaction further comprises one or more nicking enzymes that are capable of nicking at the nicking site of said forward and said reverse templates, wherein either one nicking enzyme is capable of nicking both of said templates, or each template is capable of being nicked by at least one of the nicking enzymes, and wherein said one or more nicking enzymes do not nick within said target sequence.
7. The method of claim 6, wherein the target nucleotide sequence comprises 1 nucleotide more than the sum of the nucleotides of the first template recognition region and the second template recognition region.
8. The method of claim 6, wherein the target nucleotide sequence comprises 2 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of the first template recognition region and the second template recognition region.
9. The method of claim 6, wherein the target nucleotide sequence comprises 3 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of the first template recognition region and the second template recognition region.
10. The method of any of claims 1-9, wherein the target nucleic acid is double stranded or single stranded.
11. The method of claim 10, wherein the target nucleic acid is double-stranded DNA.
12. The method of claim 10, wherein the target nucleic acid is single-stranded DNA.
13. The method of claim 10, wherein the target nucleic acid is RNA
14. The method of claim 11, wherein the target nucleic acid is selected from the group consisting of genomic DNA, plasmid DNA, viral DNA, mitochondrial DNA, and synthetic double-stranded DNA.
15. The method of claim 12, wherein the target nucleic acid is selected from the group consisting of viral DNA, cDNA, and synthetic single-stranded DNA.
16. The method of claim 13, wherein the target nucleic acid is selected from the group consisting of messenger RNA, viral RNA, ribosomal RNA, transfer RNA, micro RNA, micro RNA precursor, and synthetic RNA.
17. The method of any of claims 1-16, wherein said DNA polymerase is a thermophilic polymerase.
18. The method of any of claims 1-16, wherein said polymerase is selected from the group consisting of Bst (large fragment), 90N, VentR ® (exo-) DNA Polymerase, Therminator, and Therminator II.
19. The method of any of claims 1-19, wherein said polymerase is Bst (large fragment).
20. The method of any of claims 6-12, wherein the first and second templates comprise nicking enzyme binding sites recognized by the same nicking enzyme and said first and said second nicking enzyme are the same.
21. The method of claim 19, wherein said nicking enzymes are selected from the group consisting of Nt.BspQI, Nb.BbvCi, Nb.Bsml, Nb.BsrDI, Nb.BtsI, NtAIwI,
NtBbvCI, NtBstNBI, Nt.CviPII, Nb.BpulOI, and Nt.BpulOI.
22. The method of any of claims 1-20, wherein the portion of the nucleic acid sequence of the first strand that is complementary or substantially complementary to the first strand of the target nucleotide sequence is 8-15 nucleotides in length and wherein the portion of the second strand that is complementary or substantially complementary to the target nucleotide sequence is 8-15 nucleotides in length.
23. The method of any of claims 1-22, wherein the first template is provided at the same concentration as the second template.
24. The method of any of claims 1-22, wherein one of the first or second templates is provided at a ratio to the other template at the range of ratios of 1 : 100 to 100: 1
25. The method of any of claims 1-25, further comprising a second polymerase.
26. The method of claim 25, wherein at least one of the first or second polymerases comprises reverse transcriptase activity.
27. The method of any of claims 1-26, wherein the amplification is conducted between 54°C and 600C.
28. The method of any of claims 1-26, wherein the amplification is conducted between 56°C and 58°C.
29. The method of any of claims 1-28, wherein the amplification reaction is held at a constant temperature for 1 to 10 minutes.
30. The method of any of claims 1-28, wherein the amplification reaction is held at a constant temperature for 1 to 20 minutes.
31. The method of any of claims 1-30, further comprising detecting the amplification product.
32. The method of claim 31, wherein said amplification product is detected by detection method selected from the group consisting of gel electrophoresis, mass spectrometry, SYBR I fluorescence, SYBR II fluorescence, SYBR Gold, Pico Green, TOTO-3, intercalating dye detection, fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET), molecular beacon detection, surface capture, capillary electrophoresis, incorporation of labeled nucleotides to allow detection by capture, fluorescence polarization, and lateral flow capture.
33. The method of any of claims 1-32, wherein at least two target sequences are capable of being amplified.
34. The method of any of claims 1-33, wherein said amplification products are detected on a solid surface.
35. The method of any of claims 1-34, wherein at least one capture probe is immobilized on a solid surface.
36. The method of any of claims 1-35, wherein at least one of said templates comprises a spacer, blocking group, or a modified nucleotide.
37. The method of any of claims 1-36, wherein the target nucleotide sequence is amplified lE+6-fold or more in about five minutes.
38. The method of any of claims 1-36, wherein the target nucleotide sequence is amplified lE+6-fold or more in about 2.5 minutes.
39. The method of any of claims 1-36, wherein the target nucleotide sequence is amplified lE+7-fold or more in about five minutes.
40. The method of any of claims 1-36, wherein the target nucleotide sequence is amplified lE+8-fold or more in about five minutes.
41. The method of any of claims 1-36, wherein the target nucleotide sequence is amplified lE+9-fold or more in about five minutes.
42. A method for amplifying a double-stranded nucleic acid target sequence, comprising a) contacting a target DNA molecule comprising a double-stranded target sequence, having a sense strand and an antisense strand, with a forward template and a reverse template, wherein i) said forward template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence antisense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site, wherein the portion of the nucleic acid sequence that is complementary to the 3' end of the target antisense strand is 8-15 nucleotides in length; ii) said reverse template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising recognition region at the 3 ' end that is complementary to the 3 ' end of the target sequence sense strand, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site, wherein the portion of the nucleic acid sequence that is complementary to the 3' end of the target antisense strand is 8-15 nucleotides in length; b) providing a first nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking upstream, downstream, or at the nicking site of said forward template, and does not nick within said target sequence; c) providing a second nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking upstream, downstream, or at the nicking site of said reverse template and does not nick within said target sequence; and d) providing a DNA polymerase; under essentially isothermal conditions, wherein amplification is performed by multiple cycles of said polymerase extending said forward and reverse templates along said target sequence producing a double-stranded nicking site, and said nicking enzymes nicking at said nicking sites, or amplified copies of said sites, producing an amplification product.
43. A method for amplifying a single-stranded nucleic acid target sequence, comprising a) contacting a target nucleic acid comprising a single-stranded target sequence with a reverse template, wherein said reverse template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site, wherein the portion of the nucleic acid sequence that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence is 8-15 nucleotides in length; b) providing a first nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said reverse template, and does not nick within said target sequence; c) providing a DNA polymerase under conditions wherein said polymerase extends said reverse template along said target sequence; d) contacting said extended reverse template with a forward template, wherein said forward template comprises a recognition region at the
3 'end that is complementary to the 3' end of the extended reverse template, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site, wherein the portion of the nucleic acid sequence that is complementary to the 3' end of the target antisense strand is 8-15 nucleotides in length; e) providing a second nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said forward template and does not nick within said target sequence or within the complement of said target sequence; wherein the amplification is conducted under essentially isothermal conditions wherein amplification is performed by multiple cycles of said polymerase extending said forward and reverse templates along said target sequence, producing double-stranded nicking sites, and said nicking enzymes nicking at said nicking sites, producing an amplification product.
44. The method of claim 42 or 43, wherein said DNA polymerase is a thermophilic polymerase.
45. The method of claim 42 or 43, wherein said polymerase is selected from the group consisting of Bst (large fragment), 90N, VentR ® (exo-) DNA Polymerase, Therminator, and Therminator II.
46. The method of claim 42 or 43, wherein said polymerase is Bst(large fragment).
47. The method of claim 42 or 43, wherein said nicking enzymes nick downstream of the nicking enzyme binding site.
48. The method of claim 42 or 43, wherein said forward and reverse templates comprise nicking enzyme binding sites recognized by the same nicking enzyme and said first and said second nicking enzymes are the same.
49. The method of claim 42 or 43, wherein said nicking enzymes are selected from the group consisting of Nt.BspQI, Nb.BbvCi, Nb.Bsml, Nb.BsrDI, Nb.BtsI, Nt.AlwI, NtBbvCI, NtBstNBI, Nt.CviPII, Nb.BpulOI, and Nt.BpulOI.
50. The method of claim 42 or 43, wherein said target sequence comprises from 1 to 5 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of said forward template recognition region and said reverse template recognition region.
51. The method of claim 42 or 43, wherein said target sequence comprises 1 nucleotide more than the sum of the nucleotides of said forward template recognition region and said reverse template recognition region.
52. The method of claim 42 or 43, wherein said target sequence comprises 2 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of said forward template recognition region and said reverse template recognition region.
53. The method of claim 42, wherein the target DNA molecule is selected from the group consisting of genomic DNA, plasmid, mitochondrial, and viral DNA.
54. The method of claim 43, wherein the target nucleic acid is selected from the group consisting of viral DNA, messenger RNA, microRNA, and microRNA precursors.
55. The method of claims 42 or 43, wherein the forward template is provided at the same concentration as the reverse template.
56. The method of claim 42 or 43, wherein one of the forward or reverse templates is provided at a ratio to the other template at the range of ratios of 1: 100 to 100: 1
57. The method of claim 43, further comprising a second polymerase.
58. The method of claim 57, wherein at least one of said polymerases comprises reverse transcriptase activity.
59. The method of claim 42 or 43, wherein the amplification is conducted between 54°C and 600C.
60. The method of claim 42 or 43, wherein the amplification reaction is held at a constant temperature for 1 to 10 minutes.
61. The method of claim 42 or 43, further comprising detecting the amplification product.
62. The method of claim 42 or 43, wherein said amplification product is detected by a method selected from the group consisting of gel electrophoresis, mass spectrometry, SYBR I fluorescence, SYBR II fluorescence, SYBR Gold, Pico Green, TOTO-3, intercalating dye detection, FRET, molecular beacon detection, surface capture, capillary electrophoresis, incorporation of labeled nucleotides to allow detection by capture, fluorescence polarization, and lateral flow capture.
63. The method of claim 42 or 43, wherein at least two target sequences are capable of being amplified.
64. The method of claim 42 or 43, wherein said amplification products are detected on a solid surface.
65. The method of claim 42 or 43, wherein at least one capture probe is immobilized on a solid surface.
66. The method of claim 42 or 43, wherein at least one of said templates comprises a spacer, blocking group, or a modified nucleotide.
67. A method for amplifying a double-stranded nucleic acid target sequence, comprising a) contacting a target DNA molecule comprising a double-stranded target sequence, having a sense strand and an antisense strand, with a forward template and a reverse template, wherein i) said forward template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence antisense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site; ii) said reverse template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence sense strand, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site; and iii) said target sequence comprises from 1 to 5 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of said forward template recognition region and said reverse template recognition region; b) providing a first nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said forward template, and does not nick within said target sequence; c) providing a second nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said reverse template and does not nick within said target sequence; and d) providing a DNA polymerase; under essentially isothermal conditions, wherein amplification is performed by multiple cycles of said polymerase extending said forward and reverse templates along said target sequence producing a double-stranded nicking site, and said nicking enzymes nicking at said nicking sites, or amplified copies of said sites, producing an amplification product.
68. A method for amplifying a single-stranded nucleic acid target sequence, comprising a) contacting a target nucleic acid comprising a single-stranded target sequence with a reverse template, wherein said reverse template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site, wherein the portion of the nucleic acid sequence that is complementary to the 3 ' end of the target sequence is 8-15 nucleotides in length; b) providing a first nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said reverse template, and does not nick within said target sequence; c) providing a DNA polymerase under conditions wherein said polymerase extends said reverse template along said target sequence; d) contacting said extended reverse template with a forward template, wherein said forward template comprises a recognition region at the 3 'end that is complementary to the 3' end of the extended reverse template, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site, wherein said target sequence comprises from 1 to 5 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of said forward template recognition region and said reverse template recognition region; e) providing a second nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said forward template and does not nick within said target sequence or within the complement of said target sequence; wherein the amplification is conducted under essentially isothermal conditions wherein amplification is performed by multiple cycles of said polymerase extending said forward and reverse templates along said target sequence, producing double-stranded nicking sites, and said nicking enzymes nicking at said nicking sites, producing an amplification product.
69. The method of claim 67 or 68, wherein said target sequence comprises 1 nucleotide more than the sum of the nucleotides of said forward template recognition region and said reverse template recognition region.
70. The method of claim 67 or 68, wherein said target sequence comprises 2 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of said forward template recognition region and said reverse template recognition region.
71. The method of claim 67 or 68, wherein said target sequence comprises 3 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of said forward template recognition region and said reverse template recognition region.
72. A method for amplifying a double-stranded nucleic acid target sequence, comprising a) contacting a target DNA molecule comprising a double-stranded target sequence, having a sense strand and an antisense strand, with a forward template and a reverse template, wherein b) said forward template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence antisense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site; c) said reverse template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence sense strand, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site; d) providing a first nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said forward template, and does not nick within said target sequence; e) providing a second nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said reverse template and does not nick within said target sequence; and f) providing a DNA polymerase; under essentially isothermal conditions, wherein amplification is performed by multiple cycles of said polymerase extending said forward and reverse templates along said target sequence producing a double-stranded nicking site, and said nicking enzymes nicking at said nicking sites, or amplified copies of said sites, producing an amplification product.
73. A method for amplifying a double-stranded nucleic acid target sequence, comprising a) contacting a target DNA molecule comprising a double-stranded target sequence, having a sense strand and an antisense strand, with a forward template and a reverse template, wherein b) said forward template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3 ' end that is complementary to the 3 ' end of the target sequence antisense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site; ii) said reverse template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence sense strand, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site; c) providing a first nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking upstream, downstream, or at the nicking site of said forward template, and does not nick within said target sequence; d) providing a second nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking upstream, downstream, or at the nicking site of said reverse template and does not nick within said target sequence; and e) providing a DNA polymerase; under essentially isothermal conditions, wherein amplification is performed by multiple cycles of said polymerase extending said forward and reverse templates along said target sequence producing a double-stranded nicking site, and said nicking enzymes nicking at said nicking sites, or amplified copies of said sites, producing an amplification product.
74. A method for amplifying a double-stranded nucleic acid target sequence, comprising a) contacting a target DNA molecule comprising a double-stranded target sequence, having a sense strand and an antisense strand, with a forward template and a reverse template, wherein b) said forward template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence antisense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site; c) said reverse template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence sense strand, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site; d) providing a first nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said forward template, and does not nick within said target sequence; e) providing a second nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said reverse template and does not nick within said target sequence; and f) providing a DNA polymerase; under essentially isothermal conditions, wherein amplification is performed by multiple cycles of said polymerase extending said forward and reverse templates along said target sequence producing a double-stranded nicking site, and said nicking enzymes nicking at said nicking sites, or amplified copies of said sites, producing an amplification product, wherein at least a IE + 7 fold amplification of a 22-35 nucleotide long target sequence is obtained when the amplification reaction is run for twelve minutes.
75. A method for amplifying a double-stranded nucleic acid target sequence, comprising a) contacting a target DNA molecule comprising a double-stranded target sequence, having a sense strand and an antisense strand, with a forward template and a reverse template, wherein b) said forward template comprises a nucleic acid sequence comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence antisense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site, wherein the portion of the nucleic acid sequence that is complementary to the 3' end of the target antisense strand is 8-15 nucleotides in length; c) said reverse template comprises a nucleotide sequence comprising recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence sense strand, a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region, and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site, wherein the portion of the nucleic acid sequence that is complementary to the 3' end of the target antisense strand is 8-15 nucleotides in length; d) providing a first nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking upstream, downstream, or at the nicking site of said forward template, and does not nick within said target sequence; e) providing a second nicking enzyme that is capable of nicking upstream, downstream, or at the nicking site of said reverse template and does not nick within said target sequence; and f) providing a DNA polymerase; under essentially isothermal conditions, wherein amplification is performed by multiple cycles of said polymerase extending said forward and reverse templates along said target sequence producing a double-stranded nicking site, and said nicking enzymes nicking at said nicking sites, or amplified copies of said sites, producing an amplification product, wherein at least a IE + 7 fold amplification of a 22-35 nucleotide long target sequence is obtained when the amplification reaction is run for twelve minutes.
76. A kit for amplifying a nucleic acid target sequence, comprising a) a DNA polymerase; b) a first template for nucleic acid amplification, comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of a target sequence sense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region; and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site, wherein the portion of the nucleic acid sequence that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence sense strand is 8-15 nucleotides in length; c) a second template for nucleic acid amplification, comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the complement of the target sequence sense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region; and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site, wherein the portion of the nucleic acid sequence that is complementary to the 3' end of the complement of the target sequence sense strand is 8-15 nucleotides in length; and d) one or two thermostable nicking enzymes, wherein either one enzyme is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said first and said second templates, or a first enzyme is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said first primer and a second enzyme is capable of nicking at the enzyme site of said second primer.
77. The kit of claim 76, wherein said target sequence comprises from 1 to 5 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of said first template recognition region and said second template recognition region.
78. The kit of claim 76, wherein said polymerase, nicking enzymes, and templates are in a container.
79. The kit of claim 76, wherein said polymerase, nicking enzymes, and templates are in two containers.
80. The kit of claim 76, wherein said polymerase and nicking enzymes are in a first container, and said templates are in a second container.
81. The kit of claim 76, wherein said polymerase, nicking enzymes, and templates are lyophilized.
82. The kit of claim 76, further comprising instructions for following the method of amplification.
83. The kit of claim 76, further comprising a cuvette.
84. The kit of claim 76 further comprising a lateral flow device or dipstick.
85. The kit of claim 84, wherein said lateral flow device or dipstick further comprises a capture probe.
86. The kit of claim 76, further comprising a detector component selected from the group consisting of a fluorescent dye, colloidal gold particles, latex particles, a molecular beacon, and polystyrene beads.
87. The kit of claim 76, wherein at least one of said templates comprises a spacer, blocking group, or a modified nucleotide.
88. A kit for amplifying a nucleic acid target sequence, comprising a) a DNA polymerase; b) a first template for nucleic acid amplification, comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of a target sequence sense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region; and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site; c) a second template for nucleic acid amplification, comprising a recognition region at the 3' end that is complementary to the 3' end of the complement of the target sequence sense strand; a nicking enzyme binding site and a nicking site upstream of said recognition region; and a stabilizing region upstream of said nicking site, wherein said target sequence comprises from 1 to 5 nucleotides more than the sum of the nucleotides of said first template recognition region and said second template recognition region; and d) one or two thermostable nicking enzymes, wherein either one enzyme is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said first and said second templates, or a first enzyme is capable of nicking at the nicking site of said first primer and a second enzyme is capable of nicking at the enzyme site of said second primer.
89. The kit of claim 88, wherein the portion of the nucleic acid sequence of the first template that is complementary to the 3' end of the target sequence sense strand is 8-15 nucleotides in length, and the portion of the nucleic acid sequence of the second template that is complementary to the 3' end of the complement of the target sequence sense strand is 8-15 nucleotides in length.
90. The kit of claim 88, wherein said polymerase, nicking enzymes, and templates are in a container.
91. The kit of claim 88, wherein said polymerase, nicking enzymes, and templates are in two containers.
92. The kit of claim 88, wherein said polymerase and nicking enzymes are in a first container, and said templates are in a second container.
93. The kit of claim 88, wherein said polymerase, nicking enzymes, and templates are lyophilized.
94. The kit of claim 88, further comprising instructions for following the method of amplification.
95. The kit of claim 88, further comprising a cuvette.
96. The kit of claim 88 further comprising a lateral flow device or dipstick.
97. The kit of claim 96, wherein said lateral flow device or dipstick further comprise a capture probe.
98. The kit of claim 88, further comprising a detector component selected from the group consisting of a fluorescent dye, colloidal gold particles, latex particles, a molecular beacon, and polystyrene beads.
99. The kit of claim 88, wherein at least one of said templates comprises a spacer, blocking group, or a modified nucleotide.
PCT/US2008/070023 2007-07-14 2008-07-14 Nicking and extension amplification reaction for the exponential amplification of nucleic acids WO2009012246A2 (en)

Priority Applications (16)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PL12195331T PL2657350T3 (en) 2007-07-14 2008-07-14 Nicking and extension amplification reaction for the exponential amplification of nucleic acids
BRPI0814527A BRPI0814527B1 (en) 2007-07-14 2008-07-14 methods for amplifying a double-stranded and single-stranded nucleic acid target sequence as well as kit for amplifying a target nucleic acid sequence
CA2693805A CA2693805C (en) 2007-07-14 2008-07-14 Nicking and extension amplification reaction for the exponential amplification of nucleic acids
DK08781827.4T DK2181196T3 (en) 2007-07-14 2008-07-14 Nicking and elongation amplification reactions for exponential amplification of nucleic acids
AU2008276118A AU2008276118B2 (en) 2007-07-14 2008-07-14 Nicking and extension amplification reaction for the exponential amplification of nucleic acids
EP12195331.9A EP2657350B1 (en) 2007-07-14 2008-07-14 Nicking and extension amplification reaction for the exponential amplification of nucleic acids
JP2010517111A JP5693955B2 (en) 2007-07-14 2008-07-14 Nick formation and extension growth for exponential amplification of nucleic acids
CN2008801054247A CN101952459A (en) 2007-07-14 2008-07-14 Nicking and extension amplification reaction for the exponential amplification of nucleic acids
EP20174530.4A EP3754029A1 (en) 2007-07-14 2008-07-14 Nicking and extension amplification reaction for the exponential amplification of nucleic acids
EP12195333.5A EP2660333B2 (en) 2007-07-14 2008-07-14 Nicking and extension amplification reaction for the exponential amplification of nucleic acids
EP08781827.4A EP2181196B1 (en) 2007-07-14 2008-07-14 Nicking and extension amplification reaction for the exponential amplification of nucleic acids
ES08781827T ES2434220T3 (en) 2007-07-14 2008-07-14 Extension amplification reaction and nicking for exponential amplification of nucleic acids
AU2015202439A AU2015202439C1 (en) 2007-07-14 2015-05-06 Nicking and extension amplification reaction for the exponential amplification of nucleic acids
AU2017268587A AU2017268587A1 (en) 2007-07-14 2017-11-29 Nicking and extension amplification reaction for the exponential amplification of nucleic acids
AU2020200321A AU2020200321B2 (en) 2007-07-14 2020-01-16 Nicking and extension amplification reaction for the exponential amplification of nucleic acids
AU2022221561A AU2022221561A1 (en) 2007-07-14 2022-08-26 Nicking and extension amplification reaction for the exponential amplification of nucleic acids

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US11/778,018 US9689031B2 (en) 2007-07-14 2007-07-14 Nicking and extension amplification reaction for the exponential amplification of nucleic acids
US11/778,018 2007-07-14

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2009012246A2 true WO2009012246A2 (en) 2009-01-22
WO2009012246A3 WO2009012246A3 (en) 2009-03-05

Family

ID=40175258

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2008/070023 WO2009012246A2 (en) 2007-07-14 2008-07-14 Nicking and extension amplification reaction for the exponential amplification of nucleic acids

Country Status (13)

Country Link
US (8) US9689031B2 (en)
EP (4) EP2660333B2 (en)
JP (2) JP5693955B2 (en)
CN (4) CN104357546B (en)
AU (5) AU2008276118B2 (en)
BR (1) BRPI0814527B1 (en)
CA (2) CA2693805C (en)
DK (3) DK2181196T3 (en)
ES (3) ES2759872T3 (en)
FI (1) FI2660333T4 (en)
PL (1) PL2657350T3 (en)
PT (1) PT2657350T (en)
WO (1) WO2009012246A2 (en)

Cited By (25)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2420579A1 (en) 2010-08-17 2012-02-22 QIAGEN GmbH Helicase dependent isothermal amplification using nicking enzymes
WO2013155056A1 (en) * 2012-04-09 2013-10-17 Envirologix Inc. Compositions and methods for quantifying a nucleic acid sequence in a sample
CN103667252A (en) * 2012-09-10 2014-03-26 思洛生物技术股份有限公司 Nucleic acid amplification method
WO2017048664A1 (en) 2015-09-15 2017-03-23 Neogen Corporation Methods of detecting listeria from an environmental sample
WO2017141067A1 (en) 2016-02-16 2017-08-24 The University Of Tokyo Method of eliminating background amplification of nucleic acid targets
US9845495B2 (en) 2010-12-10 2017-12-19 Abbott Laboratories Method and kit for detecting target nucleic acid
US10036077B2 (en) 2014-01-15 2018-07-31 Abbott Laboratories Covered sequence conversion DNA and detection methods
US10100370B2 (en) 2014-04-30 2018-10-16 Envirologix Inc. Compositions and methods for detecting huanglongbing
US10208333B2 (en) 2014-10-14 2019-02-19 Abbott Laboratories Sequence conversion and signal amplifier DNA having locked nucleic acids and detection methods using same
US10392652B2 (en) 2013-11-22 2019-08-27 Kaneka Corporation Micro RNA detection method using two primers to produce an amplified double stranded DNA fragment having a single stranded region at one end
WO2020021272A1 (en) 2018-07-25 2020-01-30 Sense Biodetection Limited Nucleic acid detection method
US10604790B2 (en) 2014-12-24 2020-03-31 Abbott Laboratories Sequence conversion and signal amplifier DNA cascade reactions and detection methods using same
US10793922B2 (en) 2014-10-20 2020-10-06 Envirologix Inc. Compositions and methods for detecting an RNA virus
US10829805B2 (en) 2010-11-24 2020-11-10 Kaneka Corporation Amplified nucleic acid detection method and detection device
WO2021148816A1 (en) 2020-01-25 2021-07-29 Sense Biodetection Limited Virus detection
WO2021162642A1 (en) * 2020-02-15 2021-08-19 Agency For Science, Technology And Research A method to amplify a nucleic acid
US11118219B2 (en) 2016-04-04 2021-09-14 Nat Diagnostics, Inc. Isothermal amplification components and processes
US11185864B2 (en) 2015-11-05 2021-11-30 Alere San Diego, Inc. Sample preparation device
US11220708B2 (en) 2015-01-30 2022-01-11 Envirologix Inc. Compositions and methods for detecting nicking enzyme and polymerase activity using a substrate molecule
US11505836B2 (en) 2014-04-22 2022-11-22 Envirologix Inc. Compositions and methods for enhancing and/or predicting DNA amplification
WO2022261281A1 (en) * 2021-06-09 2022-12-15 New England Biolabs, Inc. Target initiation and amplification of long dna with nuclease and replisome enzymes
WO2023014222A1 (en) 2021-08-03 2023-02-09 Wageningen Universiteit Argonaute-based nucleic acid detection system
US11884969B2 (en) 2016-04-04 2024-01-30 Nat Diagnostics, Inc. Isothermal amplification components and processes
US12043866B2 (en) 2010-08-13 2024-07-23 Envirologix Inc. Compositions and methods for quantifying a nucleic acid sequence in a sample
EP4198142A4 (en) * 2020-08-11 2024-09-11 Shanghai Epiprobe Biotechnology Co Ltd Kit and method for detecting nucleic acid and uses thereof

Families Citing this family (86)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8030000B2 (en) 2002-02-21 2011-10-04 Alere San Diego, Inc. Recombinase polymerase amplification
US7399590B2 (en) 2002-02-21 2008-07-15 Asm Scientific, Inc. Recombinase polymerase amplification
EP2290096B1 (en) 2002-02-21 2014-11-19 Alere San Diego, Inc. Recombinase polymerase amplification using a temperature-sensitive recombinase agent
EP2829615B1 (en) 2005-07-25 2018-05-09 Alere San Diego, Inc. Kit for multiplexing recombinase polymerase amplification
AU2007298650B2 (en) 2006-05-04 2013-10-17 Abbott Diagnostics Scarborough, Inc. Recombinase polymerase amplification
US9689031B2 (en) 2007-07-14 2017-06-27 Ionian Technologies, Inc. Nicking and extension amplification reaction for the exponential amplification of nucleic acids
EP2419538B1 (en) * 2009-04-16 2016-09-14 Padma Arunachalam Methods and compositions to detect and differentiate small rnas in rna maturation pathway
WO2010135310A1 (en) * 2009-05-20 2010-11-25 Biosite Incorporated Dna glycosylase/lyase and ap endonuclease substrates
EP3360974A1 (en) 2009-06-05 2018-08-15 Alere San Diego, Inc. Recombinase polymerase amplification reagents
JP2012529908A (en) 2009-06-15 2012-11-29 ネットバイオ・インコーポレーテッド Improved method for quantification of forensic DNA
US20110003703A1 (en) * 2009-07-01 2011-01-06 Charles Ma Nucleic Acid Hybridization and Detection Using Enzymatic Reactions on a Microarray
EP2287334A1 (en) * 2009-08-21 2011-02-23 Qiagen GmbH Method for documenting nucleic acids
JP2013523097A (en) * 2010-03-30 2013-06-17 モノクアント・ピーティーワイ・リミテッド Methods for controlling oligonucleotide functionality
EP2567213B1 (en) 2010-05-05 2018-01-24 The Governing Council of the Universtiy of Toronto Method of processing dried samples using digital microfluidic device
EP2418286A1 (en) 2010-08-10 2012-02-15 QIAGEN GmbH Improved method for isothermal amplification of nucleic acids
WO2012038503A1 (en) 2010-09-23 2012-03-29 Qiagen Gmbh Method for detecting and/or quantifying human dna
EP2678443B1 (en) 2011-02-21 2016-11-23 Qiagen GmbH Method for quantifying human dna using an internal control
WO2012113780A1 (en) 2011-02-21 2012-08-30 Qiagen Gmbh Method for quantifying human dna
SG194745A1 (en) * 2011-05-20 2013-12-30 Fluidigm Corp Nucleic acid encoding reactions
US9352312B2 (en) 2011-09-23 2016-05-31 Alere Switzerland Gmbh System and apparatus for reactions
US9617590B2 (en) 2011-09-30 2017-04-11 Stc.Unm DNA sample preparation and sequencing
KR101358416B1 (en) * 2012-02-16 2014-02-11 한국과학기술원 Method for Detecting Target Genes or Their Mutations Using Ligase Reaction and Nicking Amplification Reaction
CN114214394A (en) * 2012-06-08 2022-03-22 爱奥尼安技术公司 Nucleotide amplification reaction
CN103173537B (en) * 2012-12-21 2014-09-10 山东出入境检验检疫局检验检疫技术中心 Kit for nicked-endonuclease-nucleic-acid-isothermal-amplification rapid detection of Escherichia coli O157:H7
WO2014123822A1 (en) * 2013-02-05 2014-08-14 Bionano Genomics, Inc. Methods for single-molecule analysis
WO2014164479A1 (en) * 2013-03-11 2014-10-09 Elitech Holding B.V. Methods for true isothermal strand displacement amplification
US10590474B2 (en) 2013-03-11 2020-03-17 Elitechgroup B.V. Methods for true isothermal strand displacement amplification
US10196684B2 (en) * 2013-10-18 2019-02-05 California Institute Of Technology Enhanced nucleic acid identification and detection
EP3119906B1 (en) 2014-03-21 2019-01-16 Life Technologies Corporation Multi-copy reference assay
CN105154556B (en) * 2015-01-23 2018-10-30 中国人民解放军第三军医大学第一附属医院 Real-time fluorescence constant temperature exponential amplification methods
CA2983819A1 (en) 2015-04-24 2016-10-27 Atila Biosystems Incorporated Amplification with primers of limited nucleotide composition
WO2016197106A1 (en) 2015-06-05 2016-12-08 Miroculus Inc. Evaporation management in digital microfluidic devices
EP3303547A4 (en) 2015-06-05 2018-12-19 Miroculus Inc. Air-matrix digital microfluidics apparatuses and methods for limiting evaporation and surface fouling
CN104988235B (en) * 2015-07-20 2019-01-22 北京福德安科技有限公司 One kind cutting a gram enzyme mediated isothermality amplification small molecule beacon quantitative measurement technology
CN105063190A (en) * 2015-07-30 2015-11-18 中国人民解放军第三军医大学第一附属医院 Solid chip constant temperature detection method of MiRNA
CN105154534A (en) * 2015-07-30 2015-12-16 中国人民解放军第三军医大学第一附属医院 Real-time constant-temperature index amplification method of tiny RNAs
CN105112507A (en) * 2015-07-30 2015-12-02 中国人民解放军第三军医大学第一附属医院 Digital constant-temperature detection method of miRNA
US10329601B2 (en) * 2015-12-28 2019-06-25 Ionian Technologies, Inc. Nicking and extension amplification reaction (NEAR) of Streptococcus species
WO2017147486A1 (en) 2016-02-26 2017-08-31 Alere San Diego Inc. Redox labeled oligonucleotide probes and their use
WO2017152122A2 (en) 2016-03-04 2017-09-08 Alere San Diego Inc. Automated nested recombinase polymerase amplification
ES2929367T3 (en) 2016-05-18 2022-11-28 Hoffmann La Roche Quantitative ultrafast PCR amplification using an electrowet based device
US10337051B2 (en) 2016-06-16 2019-07-02 The Regents Of The University Of California Methods and compositions for detecting a target RNA
KR101820440B1 (en) * 2016-06-28 2018-01-22 한국과학기술원 Method for detection of target nucleic acids
GB201611469D0 (en) * 2016-06-30 2016-08-17 Lumiradx Tech Ltd Improvements in or relating to nucleic acid amplification processes
CN109715781A (en) 2016-08-22 2019-05-03 米罗库鲁斯公司 Feedback system for the parallel drop control in digital microcurrent-controlled equipment
US11198910B2 (en) * 2016-09-02 2021-12-14 New England Biolabs, Inc. Analysis of chromatin using a nicking enzyme
US11578358B2 (en) 2016-09-15 2023-02-14 Abbott Laboratories Devices and methods for sample analysis
EP3516072A1 (en) 2016-09-16 2019-07-31 Qiagen GmbH Method for quantifying and/or detecting human male dna
US11149304B2 (en) 2016-09-16 2021-10-19 Qiagen Gmbh Method for determining nucleic acid degradation in a sample in which at least two overlapping amplicons are produced and two probes are used in the method
CA3038982A1 (en) 2016-09-30 2018-04-05 The Regents Of The University Of California Rna-guided nucleic acid modifying enzymes and methods of use thereof
JP2019532644A (en) 2016-09-30 2019-11-14 ザ リージェンツ オブ ザ ユニバーシティ オブ カリフォルニア RNA-induced nucleic acid modifying enzyme and method of using the same
JP2020515815A (en) 2016-12-28 2020-05-28 ミロキュラス インコーポレイテッド Digital microfluidic device and method
GB201701262D0 (en) 2017-01-25 2017-03-08 Sense Biodetection Ltd Nucleic acid detection method
EP3589409A4 (en) 2017-02-28 2021-03-31 Abbott Diagnostics Scarborough, Inc. Microfluidic devices and related methods
WO2018164748A1 (en) * 2017-03-07 2018-09-13 The University Of North Carolina At Charlotte Systems and methods for single-strand break signaling and repair in a cell-free system
WO2018187476A1 (en) 2017-04-04 2018-10-11 Miroculus Inc. Digital microfluidic apparatuses and methods for manipulating and processing encapsulated droplets
WO2018195044A1 (en) * 2017-04-17 2018-10-25 Montana State University Switch-like isothermal dna amplification demonstrating a non-linear amplification rate
WO2019023133A1 (en) 2017-07-24 2019-01-31 Miroculus Inc. Digital microfluidics systems and methods with integrated plasma collection device
JP2020533974A (en) * 2017-08-31 2020-11-26 イオニアン・テクノロジーズ・エル・エル・シー Respiratory syncytial virus species nicking and elongation amplification reaction (NEAR)
CA3073058A1 (en) 2017-09-01 2019-03-07 Miroculus Inc. Digital microfluidics devices and methods of using them
WO2019089808A1 (en) * 2017-11-01 2019-05-09 The Regents Of The University Of California Class 2 crispr/cas compositions and methods of use
JP2021503278A (en) 2017-11-01 2021-02-12 ザ リージェンツ オブ ザ ユニバーシティ オブ カリフォルニア CasZ composition and usage
GB2569965A (en) * 2018-01-04 2019-07-10 Lumiradx Uk Ltd Improvements in or relating to amplification of nucleic acids
GB201804585D0 (en) * 2018-03-22 2018-05-09 Dnae Diagnostics Ltd Methods for amplication of nucleic acids with Endonuclease-Mediated shifting equilibrium amplification (EM-SEq)
CA3096855A1 (en) 2018-05-23 2019-11-28 Miroculus Inc. Control of evaporation in digital microfluidics
SG11202012785VA (en) * 2018-06-26 2021-01-28 Broad Inst Inc Crispr double nickase based amplification compositions, systems, and methods
CN109055524B (en) * 2018-07-24 2022-03-15 中山大学 Probe and method for simultaneously detecting multiple microRNAs under constant temperature condition based on DNA assembly
EP4442836A2 (en) 2018-08-01 2024-10-09 Mammoth Biosciences, Inc. Programmable nuclease compositions and methods of use thereof
CN109136353B (en) * 2018-08-21 2021-11-16 中山大学 Method for detecting microRNA (ribonucleic acid) by low-sequence-dependent high-order constant temperature index amplification
EP3856924A4 (en) * 2018-09-26 2022-06-22 Lamprogen, Inc. Digital amplification for protein detection
CN109321669B (en) * 2018-10-29 2022-03-15 江南大学 Method for fluorescence detection of staphylococcus aureus based on chimera sequence design and molecular beacon
CN109593863A (en) * 2018-11-28 2019-04-09 江南大学 A kind of method of strand displacement type archaeal dna polymerase induction isothermal circulation amplified reaction detection meat sources
EP3931313A2 (en) 2019-01-04 2022-01-05 Mammoth Biosciences, Inc. Programmable nuclease improvements and compositions and methods for nucleic acid amplification and detection
US11738345B2 (en) 2019-04-08 2023-08-29 Miroculus Inc. Multi-cartridge digital microfluidics apparatuses and methods of use
GB201915346D0 (en) 2019-06-21 2019-12-04 Lumiradx Tech Ltd Improvements in or relating to nicking enzymes
KR102531590B1 (en) * 2019-07-16 2023-05-11 고려대학교 산학협력단 Method for detecting target nucleic acid and composition for detecting nucleic acid by mirroring binding of nicking enzyme recognition site
US11524298B2 (en) 2019-07-25 2022-12-13 Miroculus Inc. Digital microfluidics devices and methods of use thereof
CN116670297A (en) * 2020-10-22 2023-08-29 纽勤有限公司 Method for detecting listeria from environmental samples
CN112899349B (en) * 2020-12-03 2022-12-27 青岛大学附属医院 Visual nucleic acid detection method for simultaneously detecting one or more target nucleic acids and application thereof
CN112646862B (en) * 2020-12-28 2022-07-15 天津市疾病预防控制中心 Novel self strand displacement principle and application of multiple strand displacement reaction thereof
CN112760362B (en) * 2021-02-04 2023-07-07 中国人民解放军陆军特色医学中心 Annular signal amplification template for oligonucleotide amplification and application thereof
EP4330690A1 (en) 2021-04-29 2024-03-06 Abbott Laboratories Systems and methods for pooling samples for high-throughput analysis
EP4347868A1 (en) 2021-05-27 2024-04-10 Lumiradx Uk Ltd Improvements in or relating to digestion of reaction products
US11857961B2 (en) 2022-01-12 2024-01-02 Miroculus Inc. Sequencing by synthesis using mechanical compression
WO2024030985A1 (en) 2022-08-04 2024-02-08 Abbott Laboratories Assays for detecting monkeypox virus
WO2024040020A1 (en) 2022-08-15 2024-02-22 Absci Corporation Quantitative affinity activity specific cell enrichment

Family Cites Families (116)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6040166A (en) 1985-03-28 2000-03-21 Roche Molecular Systems, Inc. Kits for amplifying and detecting nucleic acid sequences, including a probe
US5273879A (en) * 1987-07-23 1993-12-28 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. Amplification method for polynucleotide assays
US5210015A (en) * 1990-08-06 1993-05-11 Hoffman-La Roche Inc. Homogeneous assay system using the nuclease activity of a nucleic acid polymerase
US5455166A (en) * 1991-01-31 1995-10-03 Becton, Dickinson And Company Strand displacement amplification
US5556751A (en) * 1991-04-25 1996-09-17 Amoco Corporation Selective amplification system using Q-β replicase
US5846717A (en) * 1996-01-24 1998-12-08 Third Wave Technologies, Inc. Detection of nucleic acid sequences by invader-directed cleavage
FR2683827B1 (en) * 1991-11-15 1994-03-04 Institut Nal Sante Recherc Medic METHOD FOR DETERMINING THE QUANTITY OF A FRAGMENT OF DNA OF INTEREST BY AN ENZYMATIC AMPLIFICATION METHOD.
US5270184A (en) * 1991-11-19 1993-12-14 Becton, Dickinson And Company Nucleic acid target generation
US5733733A (en) * 1992-08-04 1998-03-31 Replicon, Inc. Methods for the isothermal amplification of nucleic acid molecules
US5834202A (en) * 1992-08-04 1998-11-10 Replicon, Inc. Methods for the isothermal amplification of nucleic acid molecules
WO1994003624A1 (en) * 1992-08-04 1994-02-17 Auerbach Jeffrey I Methods for the isothermal amplification of nucleic acid molecules
WO1994003635A1 (en) 1992-08-04 1994-02-17 Institute Of Molecular Biology & Biotechnology Rapid amplification and detection of nucleic acids
US5614389A (en) * 1992-08-04 1997-03-25 Replicon, Inc. Methods for the isothermal amplification of nucleic acid molecules
US5422252A (en) * 1993-06-04 1995-06-06 Becton, Dickinson And Company Simultaneous amplification of multiple targets
US5470723A (en) * 1993-05-05 1995-11-28 Becton, Dickinson And Company Detection of mycobacteria by multiplex nucleic acid amplification
US5457027A (en) 1993-05-05 1995-10-10 Becton, Dickinson And Company Internal controls for isothermal nucleic acid amplification reactions
CA2185239C (en) * 1994-03-16 2002-12-17 Nanibhushan Dattagupta Isothermal strand displacement nucleic acid amplification
US5648211A (en) * 1994-04-18 1997-07-15 Becton, Dickinson And Company Strand displacement amplification using thermophilic enzymes
US5547861A (en) * 1994-04-18 1996-08-20 Becton, Dickinson And Company Detection of nucleic acid amplification
US5942391A (en) * 1994-06-22 1999-08-24 Mount Sinai School Of Medicine Nucleic acid amplification method: ramification-extension amplification method (RAM)
EP1260593A3 (en) * 1994-12-23 2003-12-03 Dade Behring Inc. Detection of nucleic acids by nuclease-catalyzed product formation
US5556771A (en) 1995-02-10 1996-09-17 Gen-Probe Incorporated Stabilized compositions of reverse transcriptase and RNA polymerase for nucleic acid amplification
AUPN245295A0 (en) * 1995-04-13 1995-05-11 Johnson & Johnson Research Pty. Limited Assay for genetic abnormalities
AT402203B (en) * 1995-06-13 1997-03-25 Himmler Gottfried Dipl Ing Dr METHOD FOR TRANSCRIPTION-FREE AMPLIFICATION OF NUCLEIC ACIDS
US5681705A (en) * 1995-08-28 1997-10-28 Schram; James L. Amplification and detection of mycobacterium avium complex species
US5916779A (en) * 1995-09-21 1999-06-29 Becton, Dickinson And Company Strand displacement amplification of RNA targets
US5747255A (en) * 1995-09-29 1998-05-05 Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. Polynucleotide detection by isothermal amplification using cleavable oligonucleotides
US5985557A (en) * 1996-01-24 1999-11-16 Third Wave Technologies, Inc. Invasive cleavage of nucleic acids
US7432048B2 (en) * 1996-11-29 2008-10-07 Third Wave Technologies, Inc. Reactions on a solid surface
AU723678B2 (en) * 1996-03-18 2000-08-31 Molecular Biology Resources, Inc. Target nucleic acid sequence amplification
US6117635A (en) * 1996-07-16 2000-09-12 Intergen Company Nucleic acid amplification oligonucleotides with molecular energy transfer labels and methods based thereon
DE69736667T2 (en) * 1996-07-16 2007-09-06 Gen-Probe Inc., San Diego PROCESS FOR THE DETECTION AND AMPLIFICATION OF NUCLEIC ACID SEQUENCES USING MODIFIED OLIGONUCLEOTIDES WITH INCREASED TARGET MELT TEMPERATURE (TM)
US5853990A (en) * 1996-07-26 1998-12-29 Edward E. Winger Real time homogeneous nucleotide assay
EP0939834B1 (en) 1996-08-29 2004-08-04 NaPro BioTherapeutics, Inc. Methods for targeting, enriching, detecting and/or isolating target nucleic acid sequences using reca-like recombinase
US6482590B1 (en) 1996-12-20 2002-11-19 Aventis Behring Gmbh Method for polynucleotide amplification
US6197557B1 (en) * 1997-03-05 2001-03-06 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Compositions and methods for analysis of nucleic acids
US6117634A (en) 1997-03-05 2000-09-12 The Reagents Of The University Of Michigan Nucleic acid sequencing and mapping
EP2354251B1 (en) 1997-04-03 2014-10-15 Life Technologies Corporation Compositons and methods for reverse transcriptase-Polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR)
CA2256563A1 (en) 1997-04-04 1998-10-15 Innogenetics N.V. Isothermal polymerase chain reaction by cycling the concentration of divalent metal ions
US5928869A (en) * 1997-05-30 1999-07-27 Becton, Dickinson And Company Detection of nucleic acids by fluorescence quenching
TW589189B (en) 1997-08-04 2004-06-01 Scras Kit containing at least one double-stranded RNA combined with at least one anti-viral agent for therapeutic use in the treatment of a viral disease, notably of viral hepatitis
GB9717061D0 (en) 1997-08-13 1997-10-15 Tepnel Medical Ltd Amplification of nucleic acids
US6077669A (en) 1997-11-04 2000-06-20 Becton Dickinson And Company Kit and method for fluorescence based detection assay
US6506559B1 (en) 1997-12-23 2003-01-14 Carnegie Institute Of Washington Genetic inhibition by double-stranded RNA
JP4317953B2 (en) * 1998-01-22 2009-08-19 独立行政法人理化学研究所 DNA sequence determination method
US6686150B1 (en) 1998-01-27 2004-02-03 Clinical Micro Sensors, Inc. Amplification of nucleic acids with electronic detection
GB9827152D0 (en) 1998-07-03 1999-02-03 Devgen Nv Characterisation of gene function using double stranded rna inhibition
US6287825B1 (en) * 1998-09-18 2001-09-11 Molecular Staging Inc. Methods for reducing the complexity of DNA sequences
AU1908100A (en) 1998-11-06 2000-05-29 Molecular Biology Resources, Inc. Isothermal nucleic acid amplification methods
WO2000044914A1 (en) 1999-01-28 2000-08-03 Medical College Of Georgia Research Institute, Inc. Composition and method for in vivo and in vitro attenuation of gene expression using double stranded rna
DE19956568A1 (en) 1999-01-30 2000-08-17 Roland Kreutzer Method and medicament for inhibiting the expression of a given gene
US6316200B1 (en) * 2000-06-08 2001-11-13 Becton, Dickinson And Company Probes and methods for detection of nucleic acids
WO2001029058A1 (en) 1999-10-15 2001-04-26 University Of Massachusetts Rna interference pathway genes as tools for targeted genetic interference
US6893819B1 (en) * 2000-11-21 2005-05-17 Stratagene California Methods for detection of a nucleic acid by sequential amplification
GB9927444D0 (en) 1999-11-19 2000-01-19 Cancer Res Campaign Tech Inhibiting gene expression
US6783934B1 (en) 2000-05-01 2004-08-31 Cepheid, Inc. Methods for quantitative analysis of nucleic acid amplification reaction
US6191267B1 (en) * 2000-06-02 2001-02-20 New England Biolabs, Inc. Cloning and producing the N.BstNBI nicking endonuclease
DE10028837A1 (en) 2000-06-15 2001-12-20 Roche Diagnostics Gmbh Detecting infection by influenza A or B virus, comprises rapid analysis of a saliva sample, with detection of nucleic acid or nucleoprotein
US6350580B1 (en) * 2000-10-11 2002-02-26 Stratagene Methods for detection of a target nucleic acid using a probe comprising secondary structure
US6924104B2 (en) * 2000-10-27 2005-08-02 Yale University Methods for identifying genes associated with diseases or specific phenotypes
WO2002061133A2 (en) * 2000-11-09 2002-08-08 Yale University Nucleic acid detection using structured probes
US7309573B2 (en) * 2000-11-21 2007-12-18 Stratagene California Methods for detection of a nucleic acid by sequential amplification
AR031640A1 (en) 2000-12-08 2003-09-24 Applied Research Systems ISOTHERMAL AMPLIFICATION OF NUCLEIC ACIDS IN A SOLID SUPPORT
US6660475B2 (en) 2000-12-15 2003-12-09 New England Biolabs, Inc. Use of site-specific nicking endonucleases to create single-stranded regions and applications thereof
US6958217B2 (en) * 2001-01-24 2005-10-25 Genomic Expression Aps Single-stranded polynucleotide tags
US20060068433A1 (en) * 2004-09-20 2006-03-30 Godfrey Tony E Multiple mode multiplex reaction quenching method
ES2305289T3 (en) 2001-04-20 2008-11-01 The Penn State Research Foundation METHOD OF HANDLING NUCLEIC ACIDS.
AU2002318253A1 (en) 2001-07-15 2003-03-03 Keck Graduate Institute Methylation analysis using nicking agents
CA2492220C (en) * 2001-07-15 2014-03-18 Keck Graduate Institute Nucleic acid amplification using nicking agents
WO2004022701A2 (en) 2001-07-15 2004-03-18 Keck Graduate Institute Exponential amplification of nucleic acids using nicking agents
US6632611B2 (en) * 2001-07-20 2003-10-14 Affymetrix, Inc. Method of target enrichment and amplification
WO2003012066A2 (en) 2001-08-02 2003-02-13 Barnes Wayne M Magnesium precipitate hot start method for molecular manipulation of nucleic acids
US6403341B1 (en) 2001-08-02 2002-06-11 Wayne M. Barnes Magnesium precipitate hot start method for PCR
US20040058349A1 (en) 2001-10-01 2004-03-25 Jeffrey Van Ness Methods for identifying nucleotides at defined positions in target nucleic acids
US20040038256A1 (en) 2001-10-01 2004-02-26 Keck Graduate Institute Methods for identifying nucleotides at defined positions in target nucleic acids using fluorescence polarization
US6617137B2 (en) * 2001-10-15 2003-09-09 Molecular Staging Inc. Method of amplifying whole genomes without subjecting the genome to denaturing conditions
US7297485B2 (en) 2001-10-15 2007-11-20 Qiagen Gmbh Method for nucleic acid amplification that results in low amplification bias
US6977148B2 (en) 2001-10-15 2005-12-20 Qiagen Gmbh Multiple displacement amplification
EP2290096B1 (en) 2002-02-21 2014-11-19 Alere San Diego, Inc. Recombinase polymerase amplification using a temperature-sensitive recombinase agent
US7399590B2 (en) 2002-02-21 2008-07-15 Asm Scientific, Inc. Recombinase polymerase amplification
GB0207063D0 (en) * 2002-03-26 2002-05-08 Amersham Biosciences Uk Ltd Immobilised probes
US7662594B2 (en) * 2002-09-20 2010-02-16 New England Biolabs, Inc. Helicase-dependent amplification of RNA
WO2004027025A2 (en) * 2002-09-20 2004-04-01 New England Biolabs, Inc. Helicase dependent amplification of nucleic acids
US20060160759A1 (en) 2002-09-28 2006-07-20 Jianzhu Chen Influenza therapeutic
WO2004067764A2 (en) 2003-01-29 2004-08-12 Keck Graduate Institute Nucleic acid sequencing using nicking agents
WO2004067726A2 (en) 2003-01-29 2004-08-12 Keck Graduate Institute Isothermal reactions for the amplification of oligonucleotides
US20040209299A1 (en) 2003-03-07 2004-10-21 Rubicon Genomics, Inc. In vitro DNA immortalization and whole genome amplification using libraries generated from randomly fragmented DNA
TWI375796B (en) * 2003-04-18 2012-11-01 Becton Dickinson Co Immuno-amplification
AU2004235349B2 (en) * 2003-04-25 2009-11-19 Becton, Dickinson And Company Detection of herpes simplex virus types 1 and 2 by nucleic acid amplification
WO2005026329A2 (en) 2003-09-12 2005-03-24 Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. Methods for identifying target nucleic acid molecules
US20050069939A1 (en) * 2003-09-26 2005-03-31 Youxiang Wang Amplification of polynucleotides by rolling circle amplification
US7314714B2 (en) * 2003-12-19 2008-01-01 Affymetrix, Inc. Method of oligonucleotide synthesis
CA2559209C (en) * 2004-03-08 2016-06-07 Rubicon Genomics, Inc. Methods and compositions for generating and amplifying dna libraries for sensitive detection and analysis of dna methylation
US20050233332A1 (en) * 2004-04-14 2005-10-20 Collis Matthew P Multiple fluorophore detector system
ES2718482T3 (en) 2004-06-01 2019-07-02 Alere San Diego Inc Recombinase polymerase amplification kit
GB2416352B (en) 2004-07-21 2009-01-28 Bioline Ltd A method for performing the hot start of enzymatic reactions
CA2605015C (en) 2005-05-06 2013-09-10 Gen-Probe Incorporated Compositions and assays to detect influenza virus a and b nucleic acids
US20070020639A1 (en) * 2005-07-20 2007-01-25 Affymetrix, Inc. Isothermal locus specific amplification
EP2829615B1 (en) 2005-07-25 2018-05-09 Alere San Diego, Inc. Kit for multiplexing recombinase polymerase amplification
ATE510930T1 (en) * 2005-08-02 2011-06-15 Rubicon Genomics Inc COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR EDITING AND AMPLIFICATION OF DNA USING MULTIPLE ENZYMES IN A SINGLE REACTION
EP1762627A1 (en) 2005-09-09 2007-03-14 Qiagen GmbH Method for the activation of a nucleic acid for performing a polymerase reaction
US7939645B2 (en) 2006-01-06 2011-05-10 Agilent Technologies, Inc Reaction buffer composition for nucleic acid replication with packed DNA polymerases
ATE541057T1 (en) 2006-02-13 2012-01-15 Us Gov Health & Human Serv PRIMERS AND PROBE FOR DETECTION AND DISTINCTION OF TYPES AND SUBTYPES OF INFLUENZA VIRUS
EP1989324B1 (en) 2006-02-27 2011-05-18 Roche Diagnostics GmbH Pcr hot start by magnesium sequestration
CN100489112C (en) 2006-03-10 2009-05-20 杭州优思达生物技术有限公司 Method for amplifying target nucleic acid sequence by nickase, and kit for amplifying target nucleic acid sequence and its use
US20090092967A1 (en) * 2006-06-26 2009-04-09 Epoch Biosciences, Inc. Method for generating target nucleic acid sequences
US20080096257A1 (en) 2006-08-15 2008-04-24 Zuxu Yao Methods for Rapid, Single-Step Strand Displacement Amplification of Nucleic Acids
WO2009024834A2 (en) 2006-12-05 2009-02-26 Rosetta Genomics Ltd Nucleic acids involved in viral infection
US8202972B2 (en) * 2007-01-10 2012-06-19 General Electric Company Isothermal DNA amplification
US9689031B2 (en) 2007-07-14 2017-06-27 Ionian Technologies, Inc. Nicking and extension amplification reaction for the exponential amplification of nucleic acids
CN102791884A (en) 2010-01-08 2012-11-21 奇亚根盖瑟斯堡股份有限公司 Materials and methods for isothermal nucleic acid amplification
KR101870311B1 (en) 2012-03-09 2018-06-25 (주)바이오니아 Compositions for hot start reverse transcription reaction or hot start reverse transcription polymerase chain reaction
EP3575411A1 (en) 2014-01-31 2019-12-04 QIAGEN GmbH Cation chelator hot start
WO2016004333A2 (en) 2014-07-02 2016-01-07 Promega Corporation Reversible metal ion chelators
US10329601B2 (en) * 2015-12-28 2019-06-25 Ionian Technologies, Inc. Nicking and extension amplification reaction (NEAR) of Streptococcus species
JP2020533974A (en) * 2017-08-31 2020-11-26 イオニアン・テクノロジーズ・エル・エル・シー Respiratory syncytial virus species nicking and elongation amplification reaction (NEAR)

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
None

Cited By (48)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US12043866B2 (en) 2010-08-13 2024-07-23 Envirologix Inc. Compositions and methods for quantifying a nucleic acid sequence in a sample
WO2012022755A1 (en) 2010-08-17 2012-02-23 Qiagen Gmbh Helicase dependent isothermal amplification using nicking enzymes
EP2420579A1 (en) 2010-08-17 2012-02-22 QIAGEN GmbH Helicase dependent isothermal amplification using nicking enzymes
US9005933B2 (en) 2010-08-17 2015-04-14 Qiagen Gmbh Helicase dependent isothermal amplification using nicking enzymes
EP3339449A1 (en) 2010-08-17 2018-06-27 QIAGEN GmbH Helicase dependent isothermal amplification using nicking enzymes
US10829805B2 (en) 2010-11-24 2020-11-10 Kaneka Corporation Amplified nucleic acid detection method and detection device
US9845495B2 (en) 2010-12-10 2017-12-19 Abbott Laboratories Method and kit for detecting target nucleic acid
JP2018007658A (en) * 2012-04-09 2018-01-18 エンバイロロジックス インコーポレイテッド Compositions and methods for quantifying a nucleic acid sequence in a sample
US10584376B2 (en) 2012-04-09 2020-03-10 Envirologix Inc. Compositions and methods for detecting a nucleic acid sequence in a sample comprising a primer oligonucleotide with a 3′-terminal region comprising a 2′-modified nucleotide
JP2016073273A (en) * 2012-04-09 2016-05-12 エンバイロロジックス インコーポレイテッド Compositions and methods for quantifying nucleic acid sequence in sample
KR101570951B1 (en) 2012-04-09 2015-11-23 엔바이로로직스 인크. Compositions and methods for quantifying a nucleic acid sequence in a sample
US9631231B2 (en) 2012-04-09 2017-04-25 Envirologix Inc. Compositions and methods for amplifying a nucleic acid sequence comprising a primer oligonucleotide with a 3′-terminal region comprising a 2′-modified nucleotide
US11866773B2 (en) 2012-04-09 2024-01-09 Envirologix Inc. Isolated oligonucleotides containing modified nucleotides
US9096897B2 (en) 2012-04-09 2015-08-04 Envirologix Inc. Compositions and methods for quantifying a nucleic acid sequence in a sample comprising a primer oligonucleotide with a 3′-terminal region comprising a 2′-modified nucleotide
US11208687B2 (en) 2012-04-09 2021-12-28 Envirologix Inc. Compositions and methods for quantifying a nucleic acid sequence in a sample
JP2015512654A (en) * 2012-04-09 2015-04-30 エンバイロロジックス インコーポレイテッド Compositions and methods for quantifying nucleic acid sequences in a sample
WO2013155056A1 (en) * 2012-04-09 2013-10-17 Envirologix Inc. Compositions and methods for quantifying a nucleic acid sequence in a sample
US10077467B2 (en) 2012-04-09 2018-09-18 Envirologix Inc. Compositions and methods for detecting a nucleic acid sequence in a sample comprising a primer oligonucleotide with a 3′-terminal region comprising a 2′-modified nucleotide
US9322053B2 (en) 2012-04-09 2016-04-26 Envirologix Inc. Compositions and methods for monitoring in real time a nicking amplification reaction comprising a primer oligonucleotide with a 3′—terminal region comprising A2′—modified nucleotide
CN103667252A (en) * 2012-09-10 2014-03-26 思洛生物技术股份有限公司 Nucleic acid amplification method
US10392652B2 (en) 2013-11-22 2019-08-27 Kaneka Corporation Micro RNA detection method using two primers to produce an amplified double stranded DNA fragment having a single stranded region at one end
US10036077B2 (en) 2014-01-15 2018-07-31 Abbott Laboratories Covered sequence conversion DNA and detection methods
US11505836B2 (en) 2014-04-22 2022-11-22 Envirologix Inc. Compositions and methods for enhancing and/or predicting DNA amplification
US10100370B2 (en) 2014-04-30 2018-10-16 Envirologix Inc. Compositions and methods for detecting huanglongbing
US10208333B2 (en) 2014-10-14 2019-02-19 Abbott Laboratories Sequence conversion and signal amplifier DNA having locked nucleic acids and detection methods using same
US10316353B2 (en) 2014-10-14 2019-06-11 Abbott Laboratories Sequence conversion and signal amplifier DNA having poly DNA spacer sequences and detection methods using same
US10793922B2 (en) 2014-10-20 2020-10-06 Envirologix Inc. Compositions and methods for detecting an RNA virus
EP3209802B1 (en) 2014-10-20 2022-09-07 Envirologix Inc. Compositions and methods for detecting an rna virus
US10604790B2 (en) 2014-12-24 2020-03-31 Abbott Laboratories Sequence conversion and signal amplifier DNA cascade reactions and detection methods using same
US11492658B2 (en) 2014-12-24 2022-11-08 Abbott Laboratories Sequence conversion and signal amplifier DNA cascade reactions and detection methods using same
US11220708B2 (en) 2015-01-30 2022-01-11 Envirologix Inc. Compositions and methods for detecting nicking enzyme and polymerase activity using a substrate molecule
EP3978632A1 (en) 2015-09-15 2022-04-06 Neogen Corporation Means for detecting listeria from an environmental sample
WO2017048664A1 (en) 2015-09-15 2017-03-23 Neogen Corporation Methods of detecting listeria from an environmental sample
US11905566B2 (en) 2015-09-15 2024-02-20 Neogen Corporation Methods of detecting listeria from an environmental sample
US10781494B2 (en) 2015-09-15 2020-09-22 Neogen Corporation Methods of detecting listeria from an environmental sample
EP3978120A1 (en) 2015-11-05 2022-04-06 Abbott Diagnostics Scarborough, Inc. Sample preparation device
US11185864B2 (en) 2015-11-05 2021-11-30 Alere San Diego, Inc. Sample preparation device
WO2017141067A1 (en) 2016-02-16 2017-08-24 The University Of Tokyo Method of eliminating background amplification of nucleic acid targets
US11111529B2 (en) 2016-02-16 2021-09-07 The Foundation For The Promotion Of Industrial Science Method of eliminating background amplification of nucleic acid targets
US11118219B2 (en) 2016-04-04 2021-09-14 Nat Diagnostics, Inc. Isothermal amplification components and processes
US11299777B2 (en) 2016-04-04 2022-04-12 Nat Diagnostics, Inc. Isothermal amplification components and processes
US11884969B2 (en) 2016-04-04 2024-01-30 Nat Diagnostics, Inc. Isothermal amplification components and processes
WO2020021272A1 (en) 2018-07-25 2020-01-30 Sense Biodetection Limited Nucleic acid detection method
WO2021148816A1 (en) 2020-01-25 2021-07-29 Sense Biodetection Limited Virus detection
WO2021162642A1 (en) * 2020-02-15 2021-08-19 Agency For Science, Technology And Research A method to amplify a nucleic acid
EP4198142A4 (en) * 2020-08-11 2024-09-11 Shanghai Epiprobe Biotechnology Co Ltd Kit and method for detecting nucleic acid and uses thereof
WO2022261281A1 (en) * 2021-06-09 2022-12-15 New England Biolabs, Inc. Target initiation and amplification of long dna with nuclease and replisome enzymes
WO2023014222A1 (en) 2021-08-03 2023-02-09 Wageningen Universiteit Argonaute-based nucleic acid detection system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP2657350A1 (en) 2013-10-30
AU2022221561A1 (en) 2022-09-22
US9562264B2 (en) 2017-02-07
EP3754029A1 (en) 2020-12-23
ES2759872T3 (en) 2020-05-12
JP2010533494A (en) 2010-10-28
US10851406B2 (en) 2020-12-01
CN106544409A (en) 2017-03-29
PT2657350T (en) 2020-09-14
CN101952459A (en) 2011-01-19
AU2008276118A1 (en) 2009-01-22
US9617586B2 (en) 2017-04-11
EP2657350B1 (en) 2020-06-10
DK2657350T3 (en) 2020-09-07
DK2660333T3 (en) 2019-12-16
US20180023118A1 (en) 2018-01-25
ES2434220T3 (en) 2013-12-16
DK2181196T3 (en) 2013-11-25
US20210388425A1 (en) 2021-12-16
US20090081670A1 (en) 2009-03-26
CA3041145A1 (en) 2009-01-22
BRPI0814527A2 (en) 2015-01-27
AU2017268587A1 (en) 2017-12-21
AU2015202439C1 (en) 2020-12-24
JP5693955B2 (en) 2015-04-01
CA2693805C (en) 2020-10-06
US20140072978A1 (en) 2014-03-13
EP2181196A2 (en) 2010-05-05
CN104357546A (en) 2015-02-18
US20190323072A1 (en) 2019-10-24
US20140093883A1 (en) 2014-04-03
AU2020200321B2 (en) 2022-05-26
JP2014073137A (en) 2014-04-24
AU2020200321A1 (en) 2020-02-06
EP2660333B1 (en) 2019-09-18
EP2660333B2 (en) 2024-04-17
AU2015202439B2 (en) 2017-09-21
PL2657350T3 (en) 2021-05-31
FI2660333T4 (en) 2024-05-28
ES2816748T3 (en) 2021-04-05
US20180023130A1 (en) 2018-01-25
EP2181196B1 (en) 2013-08-21
AU2015202439A1 (en) 2015-06-18
CN104372076B (en) 2019-02-19
US9689031B2 (en) 2017-06-27
CN104357546B (en) 2019-03-08
US20090017453A1 (en) 2009-01-15
BRPI0814527B1 (en) 2018-07-17
EP2660333A1 (en) 2013-11-06
US9562263B2 (en) 2017-02-07
DK2660333T4 (en) 2024-05-06
CN104372076A (en) 2015-02-25
WO2009012246A3 (en) 2009-03-05
CA3041145C (en) 2023-03-07
AU2008276118B2 (en) 2015-02-12
CA2693805A1 (en) 2009-01-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
AU2020200321B2 (en) Nicking and extension amplification reaction for the exponential amplification of nucleic acids
JP2010533494A5 (en)
EP2836609B1 (en) Compositions and methods for quantifying a nucleic acid sequence in a sample
US11377683B2 (en) Looped primer and loop-de-loop method for detecting target nucleic acid

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 200880105424.7

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 08781827

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2693805

Country of ref document: CA

Ref document number: 2010517111

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2008276118

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2008781827

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2008276118

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20080714

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: PI0814527

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20100113